View original document

The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.

61ST CONGRESS )

2d Session

j

SENATE

j DOCUMENT

\

No. 400

NATIONAL MONETARY COMMISSION

The
National Bank of Belgium

By
CHARLES A. CONANT
Author of "A History of Modern Banks of Issue"

Washington : Government Printing Office : 1910




NATIONAL MONETARY COMMISSION.

NELSON W. ALDRICH, Rhode Island, Chairman.
EDWARD B. VREELAND, New York, Vice-Chairman.
J U L I U S C. BURROWS, Michigan.
E U G E N E H A L E , Maine.
PHILANDER C. K N O X , Pennsylvania.
THEODORE E . BURTON, Ohio.
J O H N W . DANIEL, Virginia.
H E N R Y M. TELLER, Colorado.
HERNANDO D. MONEY, Mississippi.
JOSEPH W . BAILEY, Texas.

J E S S E OVERSTREET, Indiana.
J O H N W . W E E K S , Massachusetts.
ROBERT W . BONYNGE, Colorado.
SYLVESTER C. SMITH, California.
LEMUEL P . PADGETT, Tennessee.
GEORGE F . BURGESS, Texas.
A R S E N E P . P U J O , Louisiana.
ARTHUR B . SHELTON, Secretary.

A. PIATT ANDREW, Special Assistant to Commission.




TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page.

General summary
Origin and history of the Bank
The question of a state-owned bank
Character of business permitted and forbidden
Volume and character of discounts
Advances on public funds
Losses and rejected paper
Discount policy of the National Bank
The gratuitous issue of drafts
Movements of the circulation
Regulation of the note circulation
Foreign bills in the reserve
The question of monopoly of note issue
Methods of collecting paper
Current accounts
The custody of securities
Management of the Bank
Internal organization and personnel
Branches and discount offices
Changes in capital and surplus
Earnings and dividends
Share of the State in the profits of the Bank
Services performed by the Bank for the State
Investments on behalf of the treasury
Services performed for the General Savings Bank
The monetary experience of Belgium
The metallic reserve and the premium on exchange
General statistics of banking operations

*
_

5
11
28
37
44
54
58
60
65
68
73
79
85
89
92
98
102
108
115
120
127
131
142
156
157
163
179
192

APPENDICES.
Appendix A.—The Exchange Problem in Belgium___._
..
B.—The Fundamental Laws Creating and Extending
the Charter of the Bank
C.—Law Regulating the Functions of Cashier for the
State
D.—Statutes of the Bank

3

201
203
213
216




THE NATIONAL BANK OF BELGIUM.

GENERAL SUMMARY.

The history of the National Bank of Belgium is of special interest to the student of banking systems because
of the lateness of its foundation and the ability of its
founders to garner up the results of the experience of
Belgium and of other countries in what they conceived
to be the best attainable form of organization. Founded
under these conditions in 1850, twenty years after Belgium became an independent State, the charter of the
National Bank is free from many of those temporary and
local features which influenced the foundation and development of some of the other great banks of Europe.
It bears the stamp of the two or three characteristics
which are regarded by many economic students as belonging to the ideal bank of issue.
The business of the Bank is limited substantially to the
discount of commercial paper and excludes, except to a
limited extent, advances upon securities or any other
noncommercial asset. Even such securities as are admitted as investments for the reserve fund or as the cover
for a restricted amount of loans are securities issued by
the Government of Belgium or under its guaranty. In
dealing with commercial paper, the function of the Bank
5




National

Monetary

Commission

is essentially that of rediscounting for the joint-stock
banks and for local discount committees paper which has
been originally discounted with them. This affords to
the Bank the guaranty of third parties for the ultimate
payment of paper discounted and adds to the liquid character of the assets by reducing to the neighborhood of
forty days the period for which paper has to run after
reaching the Bank.
Upon this basis of quickly convertible commercial paper
is based the system of note issue of the Bank. This issue
is unlimited in amount and is not restricted by the charter even as to the proportion of cash reserve required to
be held. The proportion of reserve was deliberately left
to be fixed by the statutes of the Bank, which are a subject of mutual agreement between the Minister of Finance
and the administration of the Bank. By this authority
the proportion of cash to notes has been fixed at 33^3 per
cent, but the Minister of Finance has power to suspend
this requirement in an emergency. Foreign bills of exchange have long been counted as the equivalent of gold
in the reserve and have proved useful on critical occasions
in maintaining control of the exchanges.
Interest is not paid upon deposits in the National Bank,
in order that such deposits as are attracted shall be those
growing out of commercial operations and not those partaking of the nature of investments made for the sake of
the interest earned. The outstanding issues of notes,
which reached in 1908 an amount in excess of 800,000,000
francs ($160,000,000) for a population of less than 7,500,000, constitute the chief liability of the Bank. Current
deposit accounts constitute only about one-tenth of the
6




National

Bank

of

Belgium

assets of about i ,000,000,000 francs ($200,000,000), which
represent the banking and issuing functions of the Bank. 0
Regulation of the money market is attained in part, as
in other European countries dowered with a central bank
of issue, by changing the discount rate. The problem of
money and exchange in Belgium has been complicated by
the large amount of silver coins which were issued before
the suspension of free coinage by the Latin Union in 1873,
and by the fact that this silver has degenerated into the position of a token coin, kept at gold par largely through the
control exercised by the National Bank over exchange.
Gold has practically disappeared from circulation, partly
by reason of the issue of notes in large amounts down to
the denomination of 20 francs ($3.86), and partly as the
result of some hesitation on the part of the Bank to raise
the discount rate sharply to offset the adverse current of
exchange. The Bank has preferred to a large extent the
policy of the Bank of France, of replenishing its gold
reserve at its own expense rather than by the elevation of
the discount rate.
The organization of the National Bank of Belgium is
not unlike that of the Banks of France and Germany.
The governor of the Bank is appointed by the King; but
the Government has no share in the ownership, and the
administrative boards are chosen by the shareholders.
The State has kept its hands clean from dipping into the
resources of the Bank by loans, but it has from time to
time, with the renewal of the charter, added to the burdens
a While the franc is taken in these generalizations a t 20 cents, definite
sums are reduced in this treatise more nearly to the exact equivalent at
19.3 cents to the franc, without, however, carrying out the calculations to
the last decimals.

7




National

Monetary

Commission

imposed upon the Bank by way of gratuitous services and
taxation. The Bank was organized with the view of performing the fiscal functions of the treasury, and its 39
agencies have been distributed in the chief places of Belgium as much to facilitate this end as for the convenience
of the commercial community. So considerable is the
work performed for the State that payments in and out
of the bank for the public treasury have come to exceed
5,000,000,000 francs ($1,000,000,000) annually, exclusive
of the many other operations in the payment of coupons
and conversion of the debt which have been imposed without compensation upon the Bank.
In addition to these direct fiscal services, the National
Bank undertook at the time of its foundation to carry on
a large part of the business of the savings bank, if one
should be created. Such an institution was created in
1865 and has grown until the total amount of deposits is
not far below the assets of the National Bank. While
the detail of the small deposits is not handled by the
National Bank, investments for the savings bank itself
and for its clients, the maintenance of its cash balance,
and the remittance of its funds are all performed, practically without compensation, by the National Bank.
When the National Bank was created in 1850, it was to
meet a dire need on the part of the Government for a
fiscal agent. The burdens of taxation at first imposed
were, therefore, comparatively light; but with the renewals
of the charter in 1872 and in 1900, the grip of the State
upon the pocket of the bank was tightened. A tax has
been imposed since 1872 amounting to one-half of 1 per
cent annually on the excess of the circulation above
8




National

Bank

of

Belgium

275,000,000 francs. The policy of covering into t h e public
treasury a large share of t h e profits took t h e form of two
requirements in 1872, which were made much more
exacting in 1900. One of these was the provision t h a t a
percentage of t h e net profits should be paid into t h e public
treasury. Under t h e law of 1872 this division of profits
did not begin until t h e shareholders had received dividends
of 6 per cent, after which one-fourth of t h e net excess
went to t h e State. By the law of 1900, t h e point at
which division with t h e State should begin was reduced
to a dividend rate of 4 per cent. Under the earlier law
t h e excess of receipts from discount above a rate of 5 per
cent went into t h e public treasury. By the later law t h e
Bank can not profit from a discount rate above 3% per
cent. To t h e latter provision is attributed b y some t h e
disposition of t h e Bank in recent years to prefer t o derive
a profit from its note circulation, at t h e expense of unfavorable foreign exchanges, rather t h a n to raise the
discount rate radically in order t o protect its gold reserve
and t h e monetary stock of Belgium.
This in outline is t h e history of the development of the
National Bank of Belgium, which is set forth more in
detail in the following pages. The subjects of banking
theory and practice have been more thoroughly discussed
in Belgium t h a n in some other countries, because each renewal of t h e charter of the National Bank has been for
nearly thirty years, the last renewal continuing t h e life
of t h e bank to J a n u a r y 1, 1929. This has led perhaps to
a more thorough examination of the questions involved
t h a n where charters run for shorter terms and proposals
for renewal fall more within the channels of routine. At
9




National

Monetary

Commission

the time of the renewal of the charter of the National
Bank in 1900 the reports alone of the various committees
filled a folio volume of 619 pages and the debates in the
Chambers a still greater space.
Interest was given to the debate by the presence in the
Belgian Chamber of Deputies of some of the most scholarly
and advanced advocates of state socialism, who made a
determined onslaught upon the organization of the Bank.
Hardly a voice was raised, however, against the theory
of a central bank organized to regulate the exchanges or
against the system of note issue under which the Bank had
operated for forty years. The criticisms of the Socialist
deputies were directed rather to the questions of the terms
of the charter, ownership of the Bank by private individuals rather than by the State, and the proportion of
profits earned which should be covered into the public
treasury.
The principal sources of authority are the records of
the Bank itself, in its carefully prepared annual reports,
and the documents and proceedings relating to the
renewal of the charter in 1872 and in 1900. The reports
submitted on these occasions and the complete debates
in the Chambers are printed in separate volumes and afford
a mine of information as to the operations of the Bank
and its relation to Belgian enterprise. The list of authorities cited in various parts of this document appears below.
The parliamentary records are cited throughout the text
simply under the designations "Documents Parlementaires" or "Discussions Parlementaires," with the date,
without specifying the fact that they are the documents
relating exclusively to the National Bank, since parlia10




National

Bank

of

Belgium

mentary documents or discussions on other subjects are
not cited in this report. The documents used are as
follows:
Banque Nationale de Belgique; Documents Officiels, Relatifs a la
Prorogation de cette Institution, d^cretee par la loi du 20 Mai
1872; Brussels, 1872.
Banque Nationale de Belgique: Loi du 26 Mars 1900, Documents
Parlementaires; Brussels, 1901.
Banque Nationale de Belgique: Loi du 26 Mars 1900, Discussions
Parlementaires; Brussels, 1901.
Banque Nationale de Belgique, Assembled Generate des Actionnaires, Annual Reports, 1892-1908.
Banque Nationale de Belgique, Lois Organiques, Statuts, Regiement d'Ordre Int6rieur; Brussels, 1907.
Annuaire Statistique de la Belgique, 1907; Brussels, 1908.
Moniteur des Int£r£ts Materiels (tri-weekly), Brussels.
Les Banqiies d'Emission en Europe: Octave Noel, Paris, 1888.
Les Banques d'Emission: Etude Historique et de Legislation Compared: Robert Ulens, Brussels, 1908.
Bank R a t e and the Money Market in England, France, Germany,
Holland, and Belgium: R. H. Inglis Palgrave, F . R. S., New
York, 1903.
A History of Banking in all the Leading Nations; edited by the
editor of the Journal of Commerce, New York, 1896.
A History of the Latin Monetary Union: Henry Parker Willis,
Chicago, 1901
A History of Modern Banks of Issue: With an Account of the
Economic Crises of the Nineteenth Century and the Crisis of
1907: Charles A. Conant, New York, 1909.
ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF T H E BANK.

The creation of the National Bank of Belgium was one
of the consequences of the separation of Belgium from
Holland in 1830, and of the unsatisfactory condition of
banking which followed the separation. It was onlyafter experiments for twenty years with existing institu11




National

Monetary

Commission

tions, which did not operate satisfactorily as banks of
ssue nor as agents of the treasury, that the National
Bank was created in 1850. The charter adopted followed
simple lines for keeping the Bank free from entanglements by restricting its field of operations to the discounting of commercial paper based upon actual transactions.'1 So directly and effectively was it aimed at
these results that it became the model of at least two
foreign countries in the reconstruction of their banking
systems. When the Government of Holland remodeled
the charter of the Bank of the Netherlands in 1864, the
new law was based upon that of Belgium. It was declared
by M. Betz, the Netherlands Minister of Finance: b
" If one wished to qualify definitely by a foreign name
the system adopted by the Government, one would be
near the truth in saying that while the French, Scotch,
and American systems have been rejected, the Belgian
system has been chosen."
In the reform of the currency system of Japan, also in
1882, Count Matsukata, the eminent Minister of Finance,
set forth in his report on the subject: c
" In point of the perfectness of organization and the wellregulated condition of business management, the National
Bank of Belgium stands highest. This fact is due doubtless to the lateness of its founding, which enabled it to
« I t was declared in the report of M. Descamps to the Senate in 1900,
t h a t while the Belgian system had nothing to fear but everything to gain
from an analysis of its principles, it was proper to recall " t h a t it had not
been presented to the country as the work of a social reformer, as a system
formulated a priori under the Empire of preconceived economic doctrines,
'sprung full armed from the head of Jupiter,' but had been derived from the
simple lessons of experience."—Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 352
& Documents Officiels: 1872, p. 46.
c Report on the Adoption of the Gold Standard in Japan, p. 64.
12




National

Bank

of

Belgium

consider fully the mistakes as well as the successes of
older banks. Its regulations are for this reason more
perfect t h a n those of any others, winning highest praises
from t h e financiers of the world, and leading the Bank of
Amsterdam, at the time of its organization, to closely
follow its pattern. I n the case of a Japanese central
bank, therefore, no better p a t t e r n can be found t h a n the
National Bank of Belgium; and if the regulations thus
copied are modified to suit our peculiar conditions and
circumstances, I have little doubt t h a t the system t h u s
adopted will perfectly meet our present need, and t h a t also
in point of practical organization it will prove to be a
success."
There were, at the time of the creation of the National
Bank in 1850 four banking institutions in Belgium—the
Societe Generate, the Bank of Belgium, the Bank of
Flanders, and the Bank of Liege. a The Societe Generate
with a capital of 50,000,000 florins (about $20,000,000),
dated from early in the nineteenth century, and under
t h e Dutch sovereignty performed most of the financial
operations of the Government. The control of the
institution was chiefly in the hands of the Dutch element,
who felt little s y m p a t h y with the new political regime
in Belgium. The newT Government was compelled, however, to employ the Bank in the same manner as its
predecessor. The Societe Generate, feeling itself indispensable, refused to permit the supervision of t h e court
of accounts over its management as treasurer for the
State.
a This narrative of the beginnings of the National Bank is based mainly
on Banques d'Emission en Europe, Octave Noel, Paris, 1888, pp. 477-488.
13




National

Monetary

Commission

The Belgian Government sought to remedy this condition of things by the creation of a rival institution. It
lent its favor to the organization of the Bank of Belgium,
which was created in 1835. The Government plainly
indicated its preference by taking away from the Societe
Generate its functions as cashier of the treasury and transferring them to the Bank of Belgium. But the new
institution fell upon troublous times. A crisis loomed
on the horizon in 1837, which became acute in 1838, when
trouble with Holland was threatened over the boundaries
of Limbourg and Luxembourg. The Societe Generate
seized the occasion to cripple its younger rival by gathering up its notes and presenting them for redemption. On
December 4, 1838, the sum of 1,000,000 francs ($193,000)
was thus presented. On December 10 another sum of
1,200,000 francs was presented, and on December 15
300,000 francs. The Bank of Belgium was forced to
suspend and to seek the assistance of the Government.
By a law of January 1, 1839, a credit of 2,600,000 francs
($501,800) was granted to the Bank for the redemption
of its notes and for other purposes, and 1,400,000 francs
($270,200) for the repayment of the savings deposits,
which were under its charge.
This temporary relief did not remove the fundamental
causes of weakness. Both the Bank of Belgium and the
Societe Generate had locked up considerable amounts of
capital in industrial ventures from which it could not be
readily converted into cash. The crises which affected
Belgium in 1837 and in 1838 were much more serious in
their effects because the two banks had to meet at once
the demand for the redemption of their notes and the
14




National

Bank

of

Belgium

needs of the industrial enterprises which they were supporting. From these two sides—the demands of the public and of their industrial clients—the Bank of Belgium
was exposed to the disappearance of its metallic reserve
and the suspension of payments in specie.
Notwithstanding the aid of the Government in 1839, the
same embarrassments recurred in 1842. The Bank of
Belgium confessed its inability to fulfill its financial
mission for the Government and resigned its functions
as cashier of the treasury. The Society Generale had
encountered the same difficulties as the Bank of Belgium.
On its part also it had supported numerous industrial
enterprises and had suffered severely in the financial crises
through which the country had passed. It was even compelled in 1842 to suppress the branches which it maintained in the provinces, of which the larger number had
shown bad results, and to continue only the branch at
Antwerp. But the Societe Generale was more firmly
established than its rival and was the only institution
which was in position to resume the service of the treasury
without danger to the public finances.
A new convention restored to the Societe Generale the
functions of cashier of the State. The arrangement was,
on the part of the Government, only a makeshift. The
time had come when those responsible for the conduct
of public affairs were considering seriously the creation of
an institution which should be restricted in the scope of
its operations to commercial banking and should not be
exposed, like the existing institutions, to the results of
unsound financiering. When, therefore, the Soci£t£ Generate in 1843 demanded the extension of its charter, which
15




National

Monetary

Commission

was asked b y the shareholders for a period of twenty-five
years, t h e Government declared t h a t it would reserve t o
itself t h e right to indicate before t h e end of the year 1849
the conditions under which the Bank might continue to
exist and the modifications which it would be required to
insert in its statutes.
T h e crisis of 1848 obliged b o t h t h e Societe Generate a n d
t h e Bank of Belgium again to suspend payments. This
furnished t h e Government an opportune occasion for p u t ting its plans in execution. The existing institutions were
protected for the moment by making their notes legal
tender, while restricting their issues; b u t the year 1849
h a d hardly begun before the president of t h e council of
ministers, M. Frere-Orban, formulated a series of reforms
which he submitted to the Societe Generate as the basis
of t h e establishment of a national bank. The conditions
were such as almost to compel a refusal. They constit u t e d a demand upon an institution long in operation, generally prosperous and honorably known, and engaged
from t h e beginning in affairs requiring time for their development, t h a t it should suddenly restrict its operations a t
a n almost certain loss and with grave prejudice to its
credit.
The Government anticipated t h e refusal of t h e B a n k t o
a d o p t this policy, and was fully prepared in t h a t case t o
propose t h e creation of a new institution based upon t h e
principle of issuing notes only upon commercial paper.
F r o m these conditions sprang t h e National Bank, which
was established b y a law of May 5, 1850. The new institution was given a duration of twenty-five years, which
might be extended b y law upon t h e demand of a majority
16




National

Bank

of

Belgium

of the shareholders. The capital was fixed at 25,000,000
francs ($4,825,000), divided into 25,000 shares of 1,000
francs each.
The significance of the difference between the character
of the new institution as representative of the State and
those which it superseded in this capacity is indicated by
the provisions of the charter in regard to the forms of
business in which it might engage. These privileges, as
laid down by the law and by the statutes of the bank,
were to discount or buy bills of exchange and other obligations relating to commercial operations; to buy Treasury
bonds within the limits to be prescribed; to conduct the
purchase and sale of gold and silver; to grant advances
upon those metals; to assume the collection of paper
which might be remitted to it by individuals or firms; to
receive money on current account; and to receive on
deposit securities, precious metals, and gold and silver
money, and, finally, to make advances in current account
or for short terms on deposits of national securities or
other securities guaranteed by the State, within limits
and conditions to be fixed periodically by the administration of the Bank with the approval of the Minister of
Finance.
The beginnings of the Bank were not brilliant. Commercial transactions in Belgium were limited in scope
and were the subject of competition between the new
bank, the Soci£te Generate, the Bank of Belgium, and
several other institutions. To perform the service of the
treasury compelled the new institution to establish
offices in the chief places of the country and wherever
the government considered it necessary. It was con85519—10

2

17




National

Monetary

Commission

tended, moreover, by the authors of the law that the
benefits which the Bank offered to commerce should be
extended into all parts of the country, in order that no
merchant or manufacturer should be excluded from its
advantages. The Bank was prudently managed, however, and weathered the serious crises which shook Europe
from 1855 to 1858 and from 1863 to 1866, without embarrassment to its credit.
A more serious test of the prudence and resources of
the Bank came with the war between France and Germany
in 1870. Belgium was close to the route followed by the
contending armies. For this reason her banks were the
channel through which flowed much of the money for
the expenses incurred in the maintenance of both the
French and German troops. Many private financial
transactions also were transferred, from motives of prudence as well as convenience, from Paris and Berlin to
the National Bank at Brussels. As the result of the
demand for discounts Belgian commercial paper in the
Bank, which stood on July 10, 1870, at 177,500,000
francs, rose by July 20 to 203,923,100 francs; on July 31
to 223,231,744 francs; and maintained itself until August
20 in the neighborhood of 204,000,000 francs ($39,372,000).
While other financial institutions and merchants thus
sought discounts from the Bank much larger in volume
than in normal times, the public was seized with panic and
presented notes in large amounts for redemption. During the entire year 1869, with an average circulation of
177,000,000 francs, the amount in notes presented for
redemption had reached only 216,507,760 francs, or a
daily average of about 600,000 francs ($115,000). Dur18




National

Bank

of

Belgium

ing the eighty-two days from July i to September 20,
1870, notes presented for redemption reached the sum of
85,022,000 francs, or over 1,000,000 francs ($193,000) per
day. The pressure was felt most severely during the latter half of July, when the daily average attained about
2,094,000 francs ($404,142), and redemptions on the single
day of July 20 were 6,286,000 francs, and on July 21
7,025,000 francs.
The intensity of the panic was much increased by the
shortsighted measures taken by the government in casting distrust upon the soundness of the Bank, instead of
giving it moral support. From the early days of July,
the Royal Government, fearing that the declaration of
war between France and Germany would lead to the violation of the neutrality of Belgium, warned the National
Bank to take measures to transfer to Antwerp that portion of the metallic reserve representing the balance of
the treasury. On July 13, 1870, without further previous
notice, the Bank was informed that this operation must
be effected without delay. The Bank had declared that
the operation could be accomplished within three hours,
and the sudden demand for its execution was a signal of
alarm which did not fail to arouse great uneasiness. The
order was revoked for the moment, only to be renewed
on the 15th by an oral demand from a subordinate of the
Ministry of Finance, with the condition that the transfer
should be made under the superintendence of two agents
of the department. The transfer of the metallic reserve
of the treasury outside of Brussels deprived the Bank of
valuable resources at a moment when anxiety was
spreading throughout the country. Inevitably, the effort
19




National

Monetary

Commission

to keep the measure secret was unsuccessful and provoked
violent excitement, which led to many demands by the
public for the redemption of notes at the counters of the
Bank.
The Ministry of Finance added to the difficulties of the
situation by directing its agents in the provinces to keep
very small reserves in cash and not to modify their character—that is, not to exchange coin for bank notes. The
Minister of War at the same time addressed to all the
heads of army corps a circular warning them that he had
taken measures in concert with the Minister of Finance
that all agencies of the Bank, especially the most important, should be provided with gold, silver, and notes in
sufficient quantities to provide for the exchange of bank
notes which might be found in the military chests.
These measures threw such discredit upon the notes of
the National Bank and so seriously impaired confidence
in the circulation, at a moment when the difficulty of
obtaining precious metals was becoming constantly greater
on the foreign exchanges, that it soon became imperative
to make a change of policy. The Minister of War on
July 31—five days after his first circular—addressed a
new order to the heads of army corps, informing them
that he had been requested by his associate in the finance
department " t o recommend particularly to governing
boards and to other paymasters of the army to demand
as little gold as possible of the agencies of the National
Bank and to pay in bank notes everything susceptible of
being thus paid, as well as to exchange notes of 500 francs
and 1,000 francs which might be on hand for denominations of 20 and 50 francs in order to facilitate payments/'
20




National

Bank

of

Belgium

It was too late to counteract fully the effects of the
earlier measures. The Bank was compelled to raise the
rate of discount and then to take restrictive measures
by limiting the amount of paper accepted from the same
indorser and maturing at the same date. Advantage had
already been taken, from the date of the transfer of the
treasury reserves to Antwerp, of the option given the Bank
by the law to redeem its notes only at Brussels, except
that it continued redemptions at Antwerp.
The Bank was struggling bravely in the meantime to
meet legitimate demands. The cash reserve stood on
July 15, soon after the trouble broke out, at 15,000,000
francs ($2,895,000), which was above 25 per cent of
demand liabilities. The bank hastened to seek additional cash resources to the amount- of 25,000,000 francs
in the markets of London, Amsterdam, Hamburg, and
Paris. In spite of the enormous amounts of coin called
for by the crisis, the metallic reserve of the Bank was not
permitted to fall below the limits assigned to it by the
management.
The discount rate was promptly advanced in order to
check unnecessary demands for accommodation. The
rate remained from July 1 to July 15 at 2 % per cent for
accepted bills and at 3 per cent for those which had not
been accepted. These rates were promptly advanced on
the 15th to 5 and $% per cent, where they remained until
August 5, when they were again advanced to 6 and 6%
per cent. A rate of 7 per cent was then charged for
drafts drawn from abroad upon Belgium.
At the outbreak of the crisis the Bank possessed foreign
paper to an amount of 64,144,561.25 francs ($12,370,000).
21




National

Monetary

Commission

Such prompt disposition was made of these securities to
obtain coin that on July 31 the amount of such paper
was reduced to 7,227,333.20 francs and on August 20 to
3,531,907.38 francs. The proceeds of this paper was
employed in the purchase of gold and silver, principally
silver bullion, which the mint converted into 5-franc
pieces, with which the bank filled the void in its reserves
caused by the redemption of notes.
Thanks to these energetic measures, which imposed a
loss of 705,340.42 francs ($136,100), the Bank weathered
the storm and was able by August 27, 1870, to reduce
discount rates to 5 ^ per cent for accepted bills and 6 per
cent for those not accepted, following this by reductions
on September 20 to 4.% and 5 per cent, and on October
8 to 2>% and 4 per cent. Calm was reestablished by the
middle of August and the Bank returned to normal conditions. The special commission which had been appointed by the Government to study the best means of
allaying the disturbance found nothing to do, and the
approach of the date of the expiration of the charter
gave emphasis to the success with which the management
of the Bank had piloted it through the storm and through
the difficulties invoked by ministerial blundering.
So successfully had the Bank met the stress of the war
between France and Prussia that there was little opposition to the renewal of the charter when the proposal
was submitted in 1872. There were indeed protests from
one or two deputies against bringing in the project of
renewal on February 27, 1872, nearly three years before
the expiration of the old charter, and there was a proposal to reserve to the chambers the right of revision at
22




National

Bank

of

Belgium

either of the two sessions prior to January i, 1883, which
failed only by a vote of 38 in the affirmative to 53 in the
negative, and 1 not voting.® The final vote in the chambers, however, taken on May 10, 1872, showed 87 votes
in favor of the project of renewal, with only 6 in the
negative, and 3 not voting. The debate in the Senate
was short. The bill passed at the sitting of May 17 by
the unanimous vote of the 37 members voting, with 1
abstaining because he was one of the censors of the
Bank. The feeling indicated by the majority in the
debates was in accord with a passage from the report
made in the name of the central section of the Chamber
of Deputies by M. Eudore Pirmez: 6
" I t might be asked if a profound examination of the
principles on which the National Bank rests is still necessary. The discussion seems uncalled for. The National
Bank is not attacked in any of its fundamental principles. Your sections, in devoting themselves to the examination of the subject, have brought none of these principles into question. They have limited themselves to
considerations of detail. Beyond this, complete unanimity seems to reign. There is general accord with the
position of the Government, that there can be no question of destroying in order to reconstruct, but only of
preserving and improving. Parties, however lively their
differences, have had the wisdom, to-day as in 1850, to
silence their divisions in a matter which does not concern them, and we shall see without doubt an institution,
created upon the proposition of one of the chiefs of one
o Documents Officiels, 1872, p. 409.
b Documents Officiels, 1872, p. 20.
23




National

Monetary

Commission

of the great political schools, receive a new existence
upon the proposal of one of the chiefs of the other—an
agreement which honors equally him who had the initiative in the work and him who seeks only to render it
better/'
The extension of the charter became law on May 20,
1872. The capital of the bank was increased from
25,000,000 francs to 50,000,000 francs. The provision
was then first introduced that the circulation in excess
of 275,000,000 francs should pay a tax of a quarter of 1
per cent semiannually, or at the rate of one-half of 1
per cent a yeds. It was at this time also that the requirement was first imposed that the profits arising from
a discount rate above 5 per cent should go into the public treasury. The life of the Bank was extended until
January 1, 1903, and it was not for more than a quarter
of a century that the question of the relations of the
Bank to the State and the public again came under general discussion.
So firmly was the credit of the Bank established after
the trial of the war between France and Germany that
it was specially stipulated in the treaty of peace between
the belligerent countries that among the forms of payment accepted by Germany from France should be notes
of the National Bank of Belgium. The effect of this
stipulation upon the operations of the Bank was thus set
forth in the annual report for 1874: a
" I t has not been forgotten that the treaty of Frankfort, concluded between Germany and France, stipulated
for the admission of Belgian bills as one of the means of
a Quoted by Noel, I, p. 511.
24




National

Bank

of

Belgium

liquidation of the war indemnity. This striking proof of
the confidence inspired by our establishment abroad,
however honorable it may have been, was not without
certain inconveniences for Belgium. It provoked naturally an unsought extension and considerable fluctuations
in our credit circulation. The redemption and reinstatement in our vaults of more than 115,000,000 francs of
these bills, effected within a space of five months, will
permit the appreciation of the importance of these movements. One of the oldest and most powerful financial
institutions of Berlin (the Maritime Commerce Company)
was charged by the German Treasury with the negotiation of our bills. This institution made overtures to
the National Bank with a view of effecting the exchange
under the most advantageous conditions. We did not
hesitate to extend a cooperation entirely disinterested,
having no other concern than to guard the commerce
and industry of the country from the inconvenience of
sharp variations in the bank reserve, which would inevitably have produced considerable exportations of the precious metals. It was especially by means of the purchase of foreign paper, of which the influence can be
found in the assets of the Bank, that the repayment of so
considerable a sum was effected, without shock and without prejudice to the country."
The increase in the discounts of the Bank during the
two years 1872 and 1873 showed the influence of these
operations. Total discounts, which had been only 1,522,000,000 francs in 1871, advanced to 1,853,200,000 francs
in 1872, and to 2,019,300,000 francs ($389,000,000) in
1873. The increase was striking in the number of bills
25




National

Monetary

Commission

drawn upon Belgium, but was more notable in the proportion of foreign bills discounted, which increased in
amount from 2,400,000 francs in 1871 to 125,800,000 francs
in 1872, and 67,300,000 francs in 1873. The amount of
this foreign paper discounted fell off in 1874 to 38,000,000
francs, only to increase materially a few years later, when
the policy of carrying foreign bills in the reserve was permanently adopted.
In anticipation of the expiration of the charter in 1903,
a measure was prepared by M. P. de Smet de Naeyer,
Minister of Finance, which was the basis of the law finally
enacted; but a vigorous and prolonged opposition developed from the benches of the Socialist party, which was
represented in the chambers by some of the most eminent
and learned professors of political economy in Belgium.
The project of the Government, making moderate changes
in the charter, was presented to the chambers on December 22, 1898. It will be seen in the sequel that while the
government's project became law without modification
and did not change the essential character of the Bank,
yet the influence of the critical attitude assumed toward
corporate property was shown in the government project itself in the heavy burdens imposed upon the Bank
and the large share in its profits attributed to the State.
Upon several important questions a considerable vote
was cast for the amendment of the government measure.
A proposal by M. Theodor, in the Chamber of Deputies,
that the Government should have the right to terminate
the charter on January 1, 1914, if a preliminary notice
were given of two years, received 25 votes, with 73 votes
in the negative. 0 Upon two amendments, compelling
a

Discussions Parlementaires, 1900 (sitting of January 31, 1900), p. 526,
26




National

Bank

of

Belgium

the Bank to advance funds to the Government to promote small agricultural and urban credits, the vote was
much closer. The amendment of M. Theodor, setting
aside 20,000,000 francs for such purposes, failed only by
a vote of 39 against 47; while that of M. Delvaux, authorizing the Government to borrow for such purposes on
treasury bonds to an amount not exceeding 3,000,000
francs a year, failed by 38 votes against 43. a
When the vote was taken on February 15, 1900, in the
Chamber of Deputies, 66 members voted for the
government project, 29 voting in the negative, and 7
abstaining from voting. In the upper chamber, as in
1872, the debate was much shorter and the supporters
of the Government were relatively stronger. The bill
passed at the sitting of March 23, 1900, by a vote of 55
in the affirmative, 2 in the negative, and 5 abstaining
from voting—4 upon the ground of participation in the
ownership or management of the Bank and 1 upon the
ground that the bill did not embody two provisions which
he considered of vital importance. b
The new law, which was proclaimed by King Leopold
on March 26, 1900, continued the life of the Bank until
January 1, 1929, and made no change in the amount of
the capital. The most important changes made were in
granting a larger share in the profits of the Bank to the
Government. The limit of untaxed notes was left unchanged at 275,000,000 francs, in spite of the increase in
the circulation, from about 200,000,000 francs in 1870 to
600,000,000 francs in 1900.
« Discussions Parlementaires, 1900, pp. 684-686.
& Ibid., pp. 896-897.

27




National

Monetary

Commission

T H E QUESTION OF A STATE-OWNED BANK.

The National Bank of Belgium, as already set forth, is
a joint-stock company, so far as concerns ownership, but
is under the direct supervision of the State. It was declared by Article XXIV of the law of 1850, which is still
in force:
"ARTICLE XXIV.
"The Government has the right to control all operations. It shall have the power to prevent the execution
of any measure which shall be contrary to the law, to the
statutes, or to the interests of the State."
The governor is appointed by the King for five years,
and may be reappointed. The six directors, who constitute with the governor the active administrative council,
are chosen in general meeting of the shareholders, and
serve for six years. The Government exercises its supervision through a special commissioner, whose compensation is fixed by the Government by agreement with the
Bank, but which is paid by the Bank. There is also a
council of censors, consisting of seven members, elected
by the shareholders, and performing the functions of
auditors and supervisors.
Thus, while a firm guiding hand is kept by the Government upon the National Bank, it is governed in its commercial operations by officers chosen from the business
community and in accordance with the demands of commercial conditions. The subject was discussed at considerable length in 1899 whether this form of organization, similar in general character to that of the Banks of
France and Germany, should not be superseded by that
28




National

Bank

of

Belgium

of a bank owned entirely by the State. On the very day
following the presentation in the chambers of the government measure for the renewal of the charter, Prof.
Hector Denis, one of the leading professors of political
economy in Belgium and a pronounced advocate of state
socialism, submitted a proposal that there should be a
general inquiry into the operations of the Bank and
other banking institutions in Belgium. He proposed that
the inquiry should be made by the Superior Council of
Industry and Commerce and should deal with the following subjects :a
"On the actual conditions and degree of development
which has been attained in Belgium by credit, and especially commercial credit in all its forms.
"On the part in this which has been taken by the
National Bank.
"On the independent institutions which are interested
therein and their relations with the National Bank.
"On the reforms which experience and science will permit to be introduced into Belgium, in the interest of the
general body of merchants and producers of the country
and in the interest of the State, in the organization and
development of credit and of circulation, and in the operations of a bank of issue.
"On the extension of perfected modes of collection,
payment, transfer, and clearing, which will save or render
unnecessary in the future the employment of metallic
money.
" On the means of preventing or ameliorating monetary
crises.
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, pp. 97-98.
29




National

Monetary

Commission

"On the maintenance of the privilege accorded to the
National Bank or on the reforms which should, in the
interest of commerce, of the public, and of the State, be
introduced into the legal constitution, the organization,
the services, and the operation of said Bank and its
branches, and its relations with other Belgian institutions, with the Government, or with foreign banks."
This inquiry was vigorously opposed by the representatives of the Government in the chamber as involving
unnecessary delay and as entirely uncalled for by conditions prevailing in Belgium. The memorandum submitted by M. Denis quoted Professor Nasse, of the University of Bonn, as declaring that "for a long time the
issue of bank notes was a private banking operation in
the same manner as the creation of bills of exchange,
and that it was only little by little that the bank note
assumed the character of money which it now possessed.
At the present time, since the public character of the
issue of bank notes is recognized, one is guilty of an
inconsistency in confiding this public service to a private
corporation." After quoting these words, Professor Denis
summed up his memorandum with this declaration: 0
"And if he speaks truly, the nation which has succeeded in creating the Union of Credit and which has
solved the problem of the savings bank more threatened,
perhaps, in the past with abuses by the State than banking itself, is that nation powerless to realize scientifically,
and to eliminate all abuses from it, the system of a state
bank? Even if, while recognized as sound and attainable, it may not perhaps be the work of a single day, the
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900 p. 89.
30




National

Bank

of

Belgium

influence of an inquiry will yet inoculate t h e public mind
with t h e necessity of preparing for it by a normal and
organic evolution and of giving it t h e imprint of our
national genius."
Against this demand for a state-owned bank, which was
supported by arguments going t o show t h e profits m a d e by
t h e National Bank, t h e central section of t h e Chamber of
Deputies made a report through M. Delbeke on J u n e
29, 1899, which took up most of these points. I t opposed
the inquiry demanded by M. Denis upon t h e ground t h a t
no complaint h a d been made against t h e organization of
t h e Bank or its operation, neither on the p a r t of commerce, of industry, of finance, of borrowers, by organized
bodies, nor in t h e press. The National Bank, it was declared, is alone, perhaps, in presenting this phenomenon;
in a country where everybody complains no one complains
of it. On t h e contrary, t h e Union of Credit and t h e popular banks have inscribed in their reports t h e expression of
their satisfaction and of their gratitude. a
I t was declared b y M. Delbeke t h a t t h e expression " a
b a n k of s t a t e , " did n o t convey t h e idea of a clearly defined
type. In certain respects t h e National Bank of Belgium
might be called a state bank, since t h e S t a t e named and
removed its chief officers, controlled its m a n a g e m e n t by a
commissioner, and was required to approve t h e most
important of its acts. The real question was reduced,
therefore, to t h e abolition of the capital furnished by individuals. The majority of t h e section for which M. Delbeke
was reporting declared themselves opponents of t h e theory
of complete state control, because they considered t h a t the
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 103.
31




National

Monetary

Commission

State, already a bad manufacturer and a bad merchant,
would prove a still worse financier. It was not a question
whether a state bank was possible, but whether its management would be better than one under private initiative,
guided by self-interest and controlled by the public powers.
Upon this point M. Delbeke continued: a
"The answer can not be doubtful when one considers
the grave inconveniences in the management of general
credit which would be presented by the constant intrusion
of political considerations. The discounts, the credit to
be granted to this or that person, to this or that class, the
collateral to be waived or required for such a group of
citizens, the advances in mass to be made to this or that
element of the population—all these would become the
clubs of election day. It would be discussed in the campaign and would form the object of pledges taken by candidates elected and even of imperative restrictions. Is it
necessary to add that these questions would be determined
under the single impulse of appetite and in absolute contempt of economic laws and of the necessities of credit and
of the circulation? One would thus find created and
steadily growing an electoral scourge till now unknown.
" An example is furnished even this year in Germany by
the debates on the renewal of the monopoly of the Bank
of the Empire which gives visible form, even to the least
clear-sighted, to this great danger. The suppression of
the private capital has been demanded there with ardor by
the agrarians and not by the socialists, who, contrary to
the policy of the socialists of Belgium, have energetically
demanded its continuance. The agrarians wish to render
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 121.




National

Bank

of

Belgium

the State master of the Bank, because they are to-day masters of the State. If the State becomes master of the
Bank of the Empire, the agrarians hope that nothing can
longer prevent them from compelling the State to employ
the funds of the Bank in the execution of their programme.
I t is important to place the central organism of credit
aloof from such assaults, under which it would not fail to
succumb, dragging down with it public prosperity.
1
' I t is a common error to believe that the State alone
gives solidity to a bank of issue, that the credit of the
State is the sole origin of the credit of the Bank and of its
notes, and that, in consequence, it can not be dispensed
with. History proves that governments have been saved
by the credit of the chartered bank and that the credit
circulation has remained intact, thanks to its private
origin, in the midst of the crash of the credit of the State.
'The Bank of France saved us,' said M. Thiers, ' because
it was not a bank of state/ During the war of 1870, says
a leading unsigned article in the ' Journal des Debats' of
July 2, 1895, the securities of the State had fallen from
72 per cent to 50 per cent, while the note of the Bank of
France, bearing the signature of a private establishment,
had lost almost none of its value.
" I s it necessary to point out, among so many other
dangers, the danger in the liberty given to governments to
draw upon the resources of the bank of issue—the irresistible temptation to inflate the credit circulation and to
transform the bank note into paper money and ultimately
into the assignat? It is vain to pretend that this temptation is not irresistible. The facts show it to be such. In
vain is it answered, that even private banks, like those of
85519—10

3

33




National

Monetary

Commission

Spain and Portugal, have not had the virtue to resist the
solicitations of the treasury in extremity. The real point
is whether the credit of these nations would not have
fallen even lower with banks of state. In vain is it said
that private interest in its turn will drive the banks into
complacency toward the State. In private banks of
issue this private interest finds in itself an insurmountable
limit to its complacencies."
Turning to the point that all the profits now going to
private owners could be converted into reductions of the
rate of discount to borrowers, so as to realize the optimistic dream of an interest rate of one-tenth of i per
cent, M. Delbeke inquired how it would be possible with
such a rate to prevent the commercial paper of the world
pouring into the Bank and exhausting its resources. The
state bank, moreover, however ably managed, would not
be able to act with the promptness of a private bank in
great emergencies. Referring to the suspension of a
banking house at Brussels a few years before, it was
recounted how several millions had been obtained within
an hour from the National Bank. " If I had had to deal
with a bank of state," said the narrator, " I would not
have dared to make the application, because it would
have involved sums belonging to the treasury. Moreover,
I would not have been able to do it without the intervention of the legislature; and before the chambers had acted
the catastrophe would have taken place."
In view of these considerations and others which were
invoked, the central section declared that the system
already in operation afforded the advantages and assurances of private initiative at the same time as the guaran34




National

Bank

of

Belgium

tees of intervention and control by the State, and was thus
in accord, not only with the suggestions of wise and practical policy, but with the latest conclusions of financial
science.0
Their attitude was sustained in the Chamber of Deputies
by a large majority. Professor Denis crystallized the
movement for a state-owned bank by a proposed amendment to the government measure, which gave to the bank
an independent legal personality, but proposed that the
capital should be provided by the State in the form of
3 per cent rentes, which should not bear interest while
in possession of the bank. The liabilities of the bank, in
case of liquidation with impaired assets, were to be met
by the State. The council of administration was to be
named by the King, the college of censors by the chambers,
half to be chosen from lists submitted by the Superior
Council of Commerce and Industry. This proposal was
rejected, 23 to 72, with one member abstaining. 6
In the Senate report also the project of a state-owned
bank was severely criticised. Among the reasons set
forth for opposing such a new departure were these: 0
" There is first, the confusion of public and private
credit, to the great damage of each; for they ought to
remain distinct, for their respective good and for the
mutual assistance which they are at times called upon to
lend to each other. Further, there is the acceptance by
the State of a task—the task of discounting—which is
not within its competence and of which, even with the
best of will, it will acquit itself badly. It is neither wise
o Documents Parlementaires: 1900, pp. 121-126.
& Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, p. 464.
c
Documents Parlementaires: 1900, pp. 341-344.
35




National

Monetary

Commission

nor practicable to suppress the legitimate stimulus of
private interest in such affairs as discount. It must not
be believed that in such a matter disinterestedness alone
suffices or can afford a better guide than the foresight of
those wiio run the risks and reap the benefits of such
operations. * * *
"The bank of state has been represented as a means of
furnishing credit to a greater number of persons, as a
means of popularizing credit (democratiser le credit). It
is possible to imagine a bank of Providence, distributing
capital to every applicant without adequate guaranties;
but such an organism is the negation of the conditions
upon which the problem of credit rests and ought to be
solved. It would involve within a brief interval filling
the assets with impaired securities, the ruin of the bank,
and the demoralization of credit itself.
" Others see in a bank of state a means of procuring
discount at the lowest possible price for all, at ' the price
of return,' as has been said—indicating by that the cost
of administration and a premium against risks. But this
is a misunderstanding of the factors by which the market
for money is governed, independent of the institution
which grants discount, whether that be a bank of state or
a private bank. The first is no more capable of reducing
the rate of discount than the second. One does not find,
indeed, that banks of state acquit themselves of this
function better than others—witness the Imperial Bank
of Russia, which in the month of December last recorded
a rate of 7 per cent—unless one wishes to fix rates artificially low, surrendering the resources of the bank to the
assaults of bad paper within and pillage from without!
36




National

Bank

of

Belgium

But this again means ruin and demoralization by another
road."
In the Senate the debate on the articles of the new law
was brief and no amendment was offered to change the
fundamental character of the Bank.
CHARACTER OF BUSINESS PERMITTED AND FORBIDDEN.

The fundamental principles upon which a bank of issue
should be based, as set forth by M. Frere-Orban in proposing the charter of the National Bank in 1850, were as
follows: °
"A bank ought to devote itself only to operations which
are certain. It should be able always to meet its engagements. It should be in a degree infallible. Every enterprise or form of commerce of a nature to impair its credit
ought to be carefully avoided. It ought not to lock up
its capital. It ought not to borrow, but should operate
with its own resources. It should not carry on industry,
but it ought to be impartial and to discount paper which
embodies the required conditions. It ought to stand as
intermediary between the capitalist and the producer, to
distribute capital with justice and liberality through all
parts of the body corporate.''
Significant of the determination to adhere to these
principles are the restrictions imposed upon the character
of investments allowed to the National Bank. It is in
these restrictions that the charter shows the influence of
the difficulties which were encountered by the Bank of
Belgium and the Societe Generate in attempting to maintain a note issue on the basis of general financial operaa

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 400.
37




National

Monetary

Commission

tions. Article VIII of the law of May 5, 1850, confined
the Bank to strictly commercial operations—that is, to
investments in commercial paper and bills of exchange.
The Bank was indeed, by this article, authorized to make
advances in current account or for short terms on deposits
of national securities or other securities guaranteed by the
State, but even this moderate privilege of tying up assets
in securities representing fixed capital was to be confined
" within limits and conditions to be fixed periodically by
the administration of the Bank, jointly with the council
of censors and the approval of the Minister of Finance."
Apart from this restricted power to invest in securities
and the broader power to invest in commercial paper, the
Bank was authorized by Article VIII to engage only in
those operations which are a usual prerogative of commercial banks and do not involve the risk of locking up assets—
transactions in gold and silver; the collection of commercial paper for clients; the acceptance of deposits; and the
holding of securities, precious metals, and money on
deposit and trust.
All other classes of operations were prohibited to the
Bank. These prohibitions were specially enumerated in
Article IX of the law of 1850. The Bank could neither
borrow nor make loans on mortgages nor on the deposit of
industrial shares. It could not lend on its own shares nor
buy them. It was not permitted to take part, directly
or indirectly, in industrial enterprises, to engage in any
form of commerce except that in gold and silver, or to
acquire any real property except such as might be strictly
required for its offices and necessary business.
To these restrictions the Bank has been strictly held.
Indeed, so rigid was the interpretation put upon its powers
38




National

Bank

of

Belgium

that at the time of the revision of the charter in 1872 the
central committee of the Chamber of Deputies inquired of the Government whether it was true that the
Bank was refusing to discount paper based upon purchases of material. In replying to this inquiry, the Government submitted a circular issued by the Bank under
date of January 21, 1862, which recommended to the
discount offices to refuse paper coming under the following
heads : a
" I. Bills arising from payment for real estate or which
have their origin in real estate transactions.
" I I . Promissory notes or bills to order signed by individuals who are not merchants nor manufacturers, even
when such bills are presented by bankers or brokers.
" I I I . Bills evidently having their origin in the construction or enlargement of mills or their equipment, the
execution of public works, or any other investment in
fixed capital (immobilisation de capital).
"IV. Bills signed for investing the proceeds in industrial corporations or for the purchase of shares in such corporations.
" V. Finally, bills signed for the renewal of others which
have matured or are about to mature.''
In explaining the application of this circular, the central committee which was reporting on the renewal of the
charter said:
" The somewhat too general terms of the third provision
have led to some misapprehension upon the extent of the
restriction. The Bank has never applied this requirement
in the sense that the manufacturer of machinery, for
instance, who deals with a manufacturer for the materials
<* Documents Officiels: 1872, p. 81.

39




National

Monetary

Commission

which are furnished to him, can not discount his draft. This
constitutes a commercial sale which falls within the operations of the Bank; but it would be otherwise if, instead of
having recourse to the Bank to discount paper which represented a transaction already made, it was sought to
obtain the credit necessary for the building or enlargement
of factories. This would constitute an operation of partnership which would fall outside the scope of the affairs of
a bank of issue. Thus understood, the decision of the
Bank appears to be beyond criticism."
The only change made in these practices by the law of
March 26, 1900, was the addition of a provision bringing
certain agricultural transactions within the definition of
acts of commerce. It was provided by Article XI of the
new law as follows:
" There shall be considered as operations of commerce
under the terms of Article VIII, section 1, of the law of
May 5, 1850, purchases and sales made by farmers and
to them of cattle, agricultural implements, fertilizers>
seed, crops, and generally merchandise and supplies
relating to the exercise of their industry/'
The usual provisions are made, however, in regard to
real estate or mortgages taken as security for loans which
are found to be unsound. Article X X X I X of the statutes of 1900 is as follows:
. "The Bank may accept by way of a pledge, mortgage,
or security real estate and other property to protect obligations which are doubtful or overdue. Such real estate
and property must be alienated within a period of two
years, unless the Minister of Finance grants a longer
term."
40




National

Bank

of

Belgium

The statutes of the Bank defined more particularly
the character of the paper to be discounted and the terms
of discount. The language of the law, " securities easily
convertible," is supplemented by the following provisions
of Article XXVI of the statutes:
" There shall be discounted only commercial paper to
order, stamped, based upon an actual operation (ayant
une cause reelle) maturing in not more than one hundred
days and guaranteed by three solvent signatures.''
Two exceptions are made to the rule of three signatures.
The first declares that commercial paper with two signatures may be admitted in such manner and under such
conditions as may be determined by rules framed by the
general council aiid approved by the Minister of Finance.
The second provides that a pledge in the form of a warrant or merchandise, sufficient to meet the whole of the
credit, may take the place of two of the signatures. The
three articles approved by the Minister of Finance concerning admission of paper with two signatures are as
follows:
" I . The Bank does not accept paper with two signatures coming from agencies; but the signatures of the
comptoir (or discount office) may constitute the third
signature.
" I I . In the case of signatures coming from a branch,
the Bank accepts only those of persons borne on the list
prepared each year by the council of administration of
the Bank upon the proposal of the administration of the
branch, including the discount committee.
"The administrators of a branch do not accept paper
with two signatures, when there is opposition on the part
41




National

Monetary

Commission

of one of them, without referring it to the council of administration of the Bank.
" I I I . Paper with two signatures presented at Brussels
shall be accepted only if the directors are unanimous or
if the opposition does not represent a third of those voting, and, in the absence of unanimity, upon the condition that the discount committee has not been unfavorable to the acceptance of the paper."
The system pursued in discounting paper approved by
a discount office at the same rate of discount as that having three signatures differs in some respects from the system at other European banks, where merchants often
obtain the three signatures required by the payment of
a commission to a banker.
A significant indication of the tendency to persuade
banks of issue to accept securities other than those growing out of actual commercial operations was afforded by
the debate in the Chamber of Deputies on the renewal
of the charter in 1900. The contest made by M. de
Somz£e turned nominally upon the question of three
signatures, but much of this argument was directed to
the contention that paper which was discounted might
be based upon the deposit of securities. M. de Somzee
declared that under the existing policy the third signature was usually that of a banker who was in effect only
an intermediary between the maker of the paper and the
National Bank. The bankers who lent their aid with the
National Bank considered two signatures sufficient to protect them against loss. Hence they gathered the profits
of their intervention in some measure without risk, and
thus absorbed uselessly a part of the profits of the manu42




National

Bank

of

Belgium

facturer, the merchant, and the laborer. The figure of
18,000,000 francs had been cited as the amount of profits made annually by bankers simply by giving their signatures, but this calculation did not apparently include
the exactions arising from emergencies and caprice, by
which the bankers maintained their domination over
at least a part of their clientele, often the least favored
by fortune and the most numerous. It was charged by
M. de Somzee that the requirement of three signatures
was only too often exercised in favor of certain merchants
and manufacturers favored by the private banks, who
considered only their own interest and preferences.
It was declared that nothing was easier than to abandon
the requirement of the third signature. The National
Bank, through its numerous branches, was able to be as
well informed as the private banks. If the principle of
two signatures was admitted, it would involve, evidently,
not the acceptance exclusively of public funds, but also
mortgage obligations and deposits of industrial securities,
which should be accepted according to a method to be
prescribed in the regulations reorganizing the operations
of the Bourse. Such securities should have been quoted
during a period of at least two or three years, and should
be admitted at a rate which should not be less than 50
per cent, for instance, of the quotation corresponding to
an average taken during this entire period. It was suggested by M. de Somzee that if the third signature was no
longer required, the bank might collect a small commission
supplementary to the regular discount rate, and from the
amount thus collected create an insurance fund to cover
possible losses. At the end of several years, if this fund
43




National

Monetary

Commission

attained an amount considered by the Government to be
sufficient, the excess might be covered into the funds for
old-age pensions or laborers' insurance."
The proposals of M. de Somzee were not acceptable to
the Government. It was pointed out, in the elaborate
report made to the Senate by the committee on finance
and public works by the Chevalier Descamps, that the
real point of the amendment was to make discount with
two signatures under certain conditions obligatory.
Otherwise it would have no point, because the government
of the Bank already had the authority to discount paper
with only two signatures when it was acceptable. M. de
Somzee also ran the risk of injuring those whom he
wished to serve by exposing them to the rejection of paper
which, if it bore a third signature, might be accepted.
Finally the standard of security proposed for the admission of paper of two signatures was far from being irreproachable in itself from the point of view of the requirements imposed upon a bank of issue.6
VOLUME AND CHARACTER OF DISCOUNTS.

The volume of domestic discounts has tended to increase
at the National Bank of Belgium in spite of the competition of the joint-stock banks. The foreign bills discounted have increased in proportion to the domestic bills,
as is set forth under the discussion in regard to the employment of foreign bills in the reserve. The limitation
of the business of the Bank to commercial discounts, with
only slight exceptions for loans on treasury bonds and
a

Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, pp. 333-337.
& Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 405.
44




National

Bank

of

Belgium

advances on public funds, makes the classification of the
loans comparatively simple. The following table shows
the total number of pieces of paper discounted and the
total amount, for representative years, with the domestic
discounts separately stated:
Volume of discounts
Total discounts.
Year.

Domestic discounts.
Pieces
discounted.

Pieces
discounted,

Francs.

Francs.
18511855i86o_
18651870.
18711872.
18731875188018851890.
18951900.
19011902.
19031904190S1906.
19071908.

I70.39S
382,831
805,*09
1,064,281
1. 153.032
1,311,569
1,444, 178
1, 6 2 8 , 9 7 9
2, 2 0 6 , 6 5 1
2, 7 3 6 , 1 7 4
3»09S.36o
3, 206,579
3,797,627
3,892,835
3,974.78s
4 , 0 0 7 , 183
4 , 0 9 4 , 115
4,224,278
4,410,492
4,5oo,939
4,450,433

186,200,000
484,600,000
757, 6 0 0 , 000
898,100,000
r
> 3 3 7 . o o o , 000
1,522,000,000
1,853,200,000
2, 019, 3 0 0 , 000
x,916,900,000
1,994,600,000
2,088,600,000
2,355,514.327
2,894,249,929
3 , 4 4 2 , 8 8 9 , 721
3,370,838,904
3,428,962,667
3 . 6 3 5 . 3 3 0 , 287
3 , 6 0 3 , 1 1 5 , 198
3,86i,905,820
4, 2 5 5 , 5 1 6 , 8 0 9
4,449, 748,475
4,362,485,297

i57.57»
380, 237
804,037
1 , 0 5 2 , 792
1, 1 5 2 , 8 9 4
1,304,969
1,442,340

*

1, 6 2 5 , 8 2 0
2, 1 8 5 , 9 1 4
2,716,208
3,o79,937
3.182,551
3,776,123
3,869,987
3,95i,190
3,984,794
4,071,016
4,200,269

4,388,858
4,481,032
4,426,649

81,400,
358,000,
729,500,
816,400,
1,205,100,
1,519,600,
1,727,400,
1,952,000,
1,832,100,

000
OOO
OOO

OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
OOO
1 , 6 4 7 , 0 0 0 , OOO
1 , 6 6 6 , 2 0 0 , OOO
1 , 9 5 8 , 6 2 0 , 883
2 , 1 6 8 , 0 8 5 , 897
2 . 7 4 9 , 7 0 8 , 627
2, 5 5 1 , 4 2 6 ,
453
2,616,742,
522
2,882,497,
681
2,855,435.
893
3 , 0 8 2 , 8 2 3 , i6r
3,405,998,
3,525,125,
3,055.895.

The Belgian paper discounted by the National Bank
consists chiefly of two classes—accepted paper and nonaccepted paper and promissory notes. In addition to
these two principal classes, however, there are some operations in purchase and sale, loans upon warrants, and
loans upon treasury bonds, The accepted paper plays
45




National

Monetary

Commission

usually the largest part in the amount of discounts, but
as it represents much larger transactions than the unaccepted the number of such transactions is less. As
acceptances are in vogue to only a limited extent in the
United States, it may throw light on their character to
quote here the definition of acceptance given in a French
dictionary of commerce and based upon the French commercial code. This definition is as follows: a
"Acceptance.—This is the act by which the person
drawn upon engages to pay the amount of a letter of exchange to the person who may be at maturity the regular
holder of such letter. It is accomplished by the indorsement on the letter of exchange made by the drawee of his
signature, preceded or not with the word * accepted' (art.
122). Acceptance, besides the general conditions relative to consent, must be the work of a person capable of
obligating himself by a letter of exchange. It may be
partial, but not conditional (art. 124). Its effect is to
create an obligation on the part of the drawee toward
the holder at maturity, with all the consequences attached
by law to obligations arising from a letter of exchange."—
Commercial Code, arts. 118-125.
The employment of accepted paper is a common feature
of European banking, because the fact of acceptance gives
it a better standing and more ready convertibility. Hence,
as stated, accepted paper has usually exceeded the nonaccepted paper in the transactions of the National Bank of
Belgium, although the unaccepted has represented a
much larger number of pieces. The ratio of accepted
« Dictionnaire du Commerce, de F Industrie et de la Banque: Yves
Guyot et A. Raffalovich, I., p. 22.
46




National

Bank

of

Belgium

and nonaccepted paper drawn upon Belgium for representative years appears in the following table:
Character of paper discounted.

Accepted paper.

Number.

1892.
1897
1900
1904
1905.
1906.
1907
1908

494,793
504.198
532,419
S38.I4S
55i,o77
583,815
592,371
576,805

Amount.

Francs.
<>26, 542, 297
.145.970,512
,441,732,237
,238,316,365
,335,946,2i6
,517.385.827
,595.977,459
,259,104,156

Nonaccepted paper and
promissory notes.
Number.

2,499,844
2,913,567
3,242,271
3,530,028
3,646,804
3,801,144
3,885,186
3,846,641

Amount.

Francs.
762, 8 9 1 , 500
887,720,956
,120,008,311
,092,763,036
, 136, 1 7 0 , 4 5 5
,246,208,350
,302,572,748
, 2 4 5 , 1 4 6 , 069

The average value of accepted paper per piece differs
widely from that of nonaccepted, because the former comes
largely from responsible houses engaged in foreign trade
and the latter includes many small discounts granted
to retail tradesmen. Thus the average for the accepted
paper, largely consisting of foreign bills, ranges between
$400 and $500, while for the nonaccepted paper the
average value is nearer $60. The variations from year
to year in the average value have not been of special
significance in recent years. They have not brought
down the average, which is already nearly as low as that
of the Bank of France. Statistics are not given regularly in the annual reports of the number of small bills,
but as early as 1887 more than three-quarters of the whole
number of discounts were for amounts under 500 francs
($96.50). In 1899 this proportion had risen to 81 per
cent. Upon the facilities afforded in this regard the
47




National

Monetary

Commission

report of the Chevalier Descamps to the Senate made
these observations: a
1
'It should be first remarked that in all the banks of
issue of Europe small commercial bills are taxed with
a minimum interest charge or are subject to a minimum
limit. The National Bank has established a minimum
neither for the amount of such paper nor for the interest
to be collected. This is an advantage always more and
more beneficial for small transactions. In effect, the
creation of popular banks and unions of credit, as well as
the facilities which certain retail houses grant to their
clients for weekly or monthly payments, have quintupled
within a few years the number of small bills. Statistics
based upon a sufficiently long period demonstrate that
such small bills fill the assets of the bank in the following
proportions:
1

'Of the number of commercial bills admitted to discount, 14 per cent are for less than 50 francs; 32 per cent
are for less than 100 francs; 58 per cent are for less than
200 francs; 70 per cent are for less than 300 francs; 76
per cent are for less than 400 francs; 81 per cent are for
less than 500 francs.
"Being given the proportion of paper of less than 100
francs admitted to discount, with a minimum of ten days'
interest, on the 15th and 30th of each month, it is easy
to comprehend the discount facilities accorded to small
paper, for which the interest collected is far from compensating the cost which is imposed by its collection.
" I n no other bank does the small commerce enjoy a
like privilege. The Bank of France levies a minimum
a Documents Parlementaires: 1900. p. 415.
48




National

Bank

of

Belgium

of 10 centimes per bill. The Imperial Bank of Germany
levies 10 pfennigs per ioo marks. The Bank of the
Netherlands levies a minimum interest of fifteen days.
The Bank of Italy charges i franc per bill and five or
ten days' interest according to locality. The Bank of
Switzerland levies 50 centimes per bill and fifteen days'
interest/'
The average maturity of paper discounted at the Bank
of Belgium illustrates the rule which prevails at other
central banks of Europe—that the maturities are much
within the legal limit, chiefly by reason of rediscounts.
The maximum limit of paper which can be discounted
at the National Bank is one hundred days, but the highest average for accepted paper during the past dozen
years has been forty-six days and for nonaccepted paper
forty-three days. The range of variation for accepted
paper has been from thirty-nine to forty-six days and
for nonaccepted paper from thirty-seven to forty-three
days. These variations are all so far within the limit
of convertibility that they are not of great significance.
There was a tendency to the shortening of the period of
maturity during the early history of the Bank, but as the
term in 1866 was only fifty-four days, the margin of
possible reduction was small and was practically attained
in 1880, when the average term was forty-five days. If
any deduction is to be drawn from the increase of the
period during which bills discounted have to run in such
a year as 1908, it is probably that persons having paper
were desirous of converting it into currency or banking
credit more promptly than under easier money market
conditions. The figures which appear below represent
85519—10

4

49




National

Monetary

Commission

only an average, based upon the amount of paper running for different periods. This leaves room for some
paper of much longer maturities and for some of much
shorter maturities. The following table shows the
averages for recent years:
Average -values and maturities

of discounts.

Accepted paper.
Year.

1892
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908

Nonaccepted paper.

Average
value per
piece.

Average
maturity.

Average
value per
piece.

Average
maturity.

Francs

Days.

Francs.

Days.

1,872.59
2,117.47
2,272.86
2, 231. 79
2 , 4 4 9 . 27
2, 707. 89
2, 3 1 0 . 76
2, 3 2 0 . 26
2, 3 9 0 . 51
2, 3 0 1 . 08
2, 2 7 6 . 5 9
2,599.08
2, 694. 22
2, 1 8 2 . 8 8

39J/2
43
42
43
41
39
42
42
43
44
44
45
45
46

305.18
296.68
304.69
308.46
332.63
345-44
332.8i
314-94
308. 00
309-57
300.40
327.85
335-26
323.69

42H
39
38
39
37
37
40
40
41
41
41
43
42
42

It was contended, in the debates over the charter of
1900, that the Bank should pursue on a larger scale the
policy of direct discounts and as a means to this end should
abandon in the case of good commercial paper the requirement of three signatures. The benefits to the merchant
arising from this change, according to M. Bertrand, one of
the most vigorous critics of the Bank, were that he would
obtain the benefit of the minimum discount rate, instead
of paying always 1 per cent above this rate to the bankers.
The Bank, it was declared, would benefit on its side by
50




National

Bank

of

Belgium

deriving an income during the whole period for which the
paper ran, instead of during the short period for which it
was discounted. The larger banks, M. Bertrand declared,
which have considerable resources, remit paper to the
National Bank only ten days before maturity. The saving in discount to the mercantile community by direct
discount at 3 per cent in lieu of 6 per cent usually paid to
bankers was estimated at 18,000,000 francs ($3,474,000).°
The three classes of obligations discounted, apart from
commercial paper, represent a minor part in the total
volume of business, but an amount not entirely insignificant. The operations of "purchase and sale" represent
banking securities on foreign countries which can not be
collected by the bank itself and are therefore discounted
on condition of being purchased back by the discounters
before they become due. 6 Only bills which have been
accepted are admitted to this class of operations. These
operations were larger fifteen years ago than the other
two classes of operations combined, but the admission
of warrants to discount in 1886 has been followed by
considerable development in loans of this character.
Operations in purchase and sale in 1892 numbered 168
and amounted to 123,502,708 francs ($23,840,000). The
number of such operations had risen in 1900 to 616, but
the amount had fallen to 111,061,399 francs. Operations
of this character were more extensive in 1905, when the
number was 778 and the amount was 430,063,247 francs
($83,000,000); but there was a decline in 1906 to 890
0 Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, pp. 5-8.
& London Bankers' Magazine, September, 1908, LXXXVI, p. 369.

5i




National

Monetary

Commission

operations, representing a total of 412,022,772 francs; in
1907 to 667 operations, representing an amount of
327,686,893 francs; and in 1908 to 502 operations, representing an amount of 177,501,217 francs ($34,250,000).
It was not until 1886 that the National Bank admitted
warrants to discount. The principle of such operations
was combated very energetically at the time of the discussion of the law of 1872 by M. Frfere-Orban, former
president of the council, as incompatible with the conditions of a well-conducted bank of issue. He declared
at the sitting of May 1, 1872 :a
"The bank ought not to discount warrants, because
they are not securities immediately realizable. It is an
operation which can and ought to be carried on, but by
other institutions than the National Bank. Such operations would be of a nature to compromise, at a given moment, the circulation and the convertibility of notes, for
warrants are not securities w^hich are immediately and
easily realizable."
Notwithstanding this reasoning, warrants were admitted to discount in 1886, and reached in 1887 6,034,705
francs. The total number of warrants discounted during
the year 1908 was 2,687 and the amount was 289,143,846
francs ($55,800,000). This represented, however, less
than 10 per cent of the total discounts in Belgium, which
were 3,055,895,288 francs ($589,770,000). The progress
of operations in warrants is shown in the following
table:
a Noel, I., p. 519.

52




National

Bank

of

Belgium

Operations in -warrants.
Amount.

18971900190519061907-

Warrants admitted to discount must be guaranteed by
two solvent signatures and accompanied by evidence that
the goods involved are deposited in warehouses possessing
every condition of security. They must be insured and
authority must be given the bank to take samples. The
rate of advance is fixed provisionally at 75 per cent of the
amount of the warrant. The articles on which warrants
are regularly admitted to discount are: a
Steel, in bars.
Building timber.
Coffee.
Hemp.
Raw cotton.
Raw hair.
Hides, salted.
Copper.
Tin.
Tow.
Flour.
Iron ore and pig iron.
Castings.
Madder.
Gums.
Grains.

Indigo.
Ivory.

Jute.
Wool, raw and washed
Flax.
Indian corn.
Nitrate of soda.
Lead.
Rice.
Stearin.
Sugar.
F a t s and oils.
Leaf tobacco.
Tea.
Zinc.

The discount of warrants involving other merchandise
must be the subject of special arrangement.
a Resume" des Operations Effectives par la Banque, pp. 30, 31.
53




National

Monetary

Commission

ADVANCES ON PUBLIC FUNDS.

Loans upon public funds by the National Bank are
carefully restricted in amount and duration. It is provided by Article VIII of the existing charter that among
the operations of the Bank may be " making advances on
current account or for short terms upon the deposit of
national public securities or other securities guaranteed by
the State, within limits and conditions to be determined
periodically by the administration of the Bank, jointly
with the council of censors, with the approval of the
Minister of Finance."
Such loans can be made to solvent persons only and for
a term not less than ten days nor exceeding four months.
Securities will not be accepted for more than four-fifths
of their market value and may be sold on the Bourse if
the loans are not repaid at maturity. No more than one
renewal is permitted, unless by special authority given
by the council of administration. Loans for more than
ten days may be paid before maturity, with remission of
interest for all but two days of the time for which they
have yet to run. The amount and the rate of loans to
be made upon the deposit of public funds is required to
be fixed each week.0
It is to be noted that not only are these loans treated as
payable at short maturities, like commercial paper, but
they are strictly limited to public funds or securities
guaranteed by the State. The bonds and stocks of private
railway corporations not guaranteed and of manufacturing
and industrial corporations are thus rigidly excluded from
« Statuts, art. 25
54




National

Bank

of

Belgium

the list of securities accepted at the Bank. Holders of
such securities must seek accommodation from the Societe
Generate or other private and joint-stock banks.
Thg classes of securities upon which the Bank lends are
the Belgian public debt, bonds of the treasury, securities
of the annuity bank issued by the State and countersigned
by the treasury, and bonds of the National Company of
Local Railways. The preferred shares and the bonds of
the Antwerp and Ghent Railway Company and the bonds
of several other roads, when bearing the indorsement of
the treasury, are also included in the list. There has been
some discussion in regard to the inclusion of securities of
the Company of Communal Credit. These securities have
been excluded, however, upon the ground that the intervention of the State in regard to them did not constitute
a guarantee in the strict sense of the word, although it
might be considered as a quasi guaranty. 0
Acting under the authority to make loans of this character, the Bank usually has outstanding an amount which,
while considerable in itself, has rarely exceeded the combined amount of the capital and reserves and has constituted a very small percentage of total assets. As far
back as 1866 the average amount of such loans was
21,131,325 francs ($4,080,000). The amount was somewhat less during the next few years, but the average rose
during the troubled year 1873 to 28,768,293 francs, to fall
again during the next three years, but after that to remain
at a generally higher figure. The highest average attained
in the early history of the Bank was in 1883, when the
average loans of the year were 96,175,980 francs
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 430.
55




National

Monetary

Commission

($18,562,000), of which 80,139,200 francs was lent through
the head oflfice at Brussels. The occasion of such large
advances was the collapse of the copper corner and the
failure of the Union Generate in Paris in 1882. The average of advances declined in 1884 to 53,158,800 francs.
The totals of advances upon securities, net balances at
the end of the year, and the net earnings of the Bank from
this source appear for representative years in the recent
history of the Bank in the following table:
Advances upon public

Year.

securities.

Total advances.

Francs.
1892
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908

4i,53i.4So
74,824,100
113,628,600
236,573,348
2 4 6 , 3 1 1 , 031
189,342,551
1 6 6 , 9 5 6 , 635
159, 166, 637
171,651,920
i99.575.3i6
2 5 1 , 132, 467
348, 754,247
328,511,148

Outstanding
Dec. 31.

Francs.
8,599,4oo
2if 784,200
34,150,000
60,072,804
58,373,083
55,270,662
42, 200, 825
34,015,830
32,208,486
38,011,413
48, 766,437
6 1 , 7 1 6 , 731
5 1 , 4 1 9 , 120

Net earnings.

Francs.
233.895
469,816
6 4 7 . 55&
1,513.204
1.836,571
1,666,171
1,470, i 3 r
9 2 7 . 234
962,975
908,727
1,214,098
1, 9 7 2 , 206
1.771.385

It is only from the year 1900 that a separation has been
made in the published reports between direct loans on
the pledge of public funds and advances on current account secured by the deposit of such securities. It is
only within a few years that loans of the latter class were
made at the provincial agencies.a The proportion of
this class of advances has risen considerably since this
« Ulens, Les Banqucs d'Emission, p. 394.
56




National

Bank

of

Belgium

change and was especially heavy during the pressure of
1907. Indeed, under both classifications the figures seem
to indicate a disposition on the part of the financial community to avail itself to the utmost, in periods of monetary pressure, of the facilities granted by the National
Bank for obtaining credit upon fixed forms of capital,
restricted as those facilities are by the statutes and the
policy of the Bank. The amount and the balances of
the two classes of loans is shown for representative years
in the following table:
Character of advances on securities.

Direct loans

Advances in current
account.

Year.
Total during
year.

1900
1902
1904
190s
1906
1907
1908

Francs.
206,123, 100
116,828,250
82,874, 200
79,022,600
97,854,400
166,626,400
152,416,900

Balance,
Dec. 31.

Total during
year.

Francs.
40,196,100
26,995,100
17,280,000
21,532,300
27,981,700
35,7i9,9oo
23,264,400

Francs.
40,187,931
50,128,385
88,777,720
120,552,716
153,278,067
182,127, 847
176,094,248

Balance
Dec. 31.
Francs.
18,176,983
15,205,725
14,928,486
16,479, 113
20, 784.737
25,996,831
28, 154, 72a

Loans on securities to borrowers who are not merchants
are required to be registered at the cost of the borrower
at the rate of three-tenths of 1 per cent of the amount
lent. The distinction between those who are merchants
and those who are not is based upon the terms of a law of
May 5, 1872, which provides that "the pledge given as
security for a commercial engagement confers on the
creditor the right of securing payment from the thing
pledged in preference to other creditors, when such right
57




National

Monetary

Commission

is established in conformity with the methods admissible
in commercial matters for the sale of articles of the same
nature and when the object of the pledge has been placed
and remains in the possession of the creditor or of a third
person agreed upon between the parties." By the terms
of article 2074 °f the Civil Code, which affects those who
are not merchants, the privilege of payment from the proceeds of a pledge exists only where there is a public act or
an act under private seal duly registered, setting forth
the sum due and the character and the nature of the articles given in pledge, or a statement annexed of their quality, weight, and measure. °
ROSSES AND REJECTED PAPER.
In response to a question submitted to the Government
at the time of the renewal of the charter in 1900 it was
admitted that " the National Bank, like every other financial establishment, is exposed to losses." The amount of
these losses, however, as set forth in detail from 1873 to
1898, were small in comparison with the entire volume of
discounts. Tables were submitted for each half year,
showing the commercial paper which was then in default
and also property which had been taken as security for
loans which had not been paid at maturity. Figures
quoted by Professor Denis from the documents of 1872
showed that for the twenty years ending with 1871 the
total amount of paper in default was 1,188,518 francs
($230,000), and of this amount 361,768 francs had ultimately been paid. 6
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 432.

58

t> Ibid., p. 84.




National

Bank

of

Belgium

Taking up the twenty-six years from 1872 to 1897 Professor Denis stated that the total amount of paper unpaid
was 5,758,659 francs ($1,111,000), upon which 896,601
francs ($173,000) had ultimately been paid. The net loss,
therefore, was 4,862,058 francs ($938,000), or an average
of about $36,100 per year. Comparing this with the
enormous volume of paper discounted during the period,
which was 56,944,804,715 francs ($10,990,000,000), the
proportion of loss worked out at nine one-thousandths of
a centime to 100 francs (0.009 P e r cent). Similar figures
for the Bank of France during the period from 1870 to
1890, which comprised a period of war, showed a total
loss of 34,730,000 francs in total transactions of 175,000,000,000, making the loss 1.9 centimes per 100 francs. 0
In response to another question as to what securities
composed the item in the accounts, " Securities guaranteed
or to be realized," a full explanation was given of the
acquisition of certain amounts of landed property under
foreclosure. The first year in which this item appeared
in the balance sheet was in 1881, as the result of the default of a loan in Brussels, where some property was taken
on the Boulevard Leopold II. It was felt to be improper
under the law to carry the value of this property in ordinary assets. The administrative council decided, therefore, to open a new item in the balance sheet entitled
"Securities guaranteed or to be realized.'' To this account was transferred all real property acquired to secure
the bank against loss. All forms of slow assets were eventually carried to this account. b
& Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 82.

59

&Ibid., p. 185.




National

Monetary

Commission

The annual reports of the Bank set forth regularly the
commercial paper rejected when submitted for discount.
The policy of the Bank in regard to loans is so well understood that the amounts rejected are not usually large.
The following table gives the number and amount of such
cases for representative years:
Commercial paper

rejected.

Total
amount.

Francs.
3.040
3 . 260
3.412
1.893
2, 132
2.653
2,578

1892
1897
1900
1904
3905
1906
1907
1908

DISCOUNT

POUCY

OF

THE

Amount a t
Brussels.

Francs.
3.809.45s
3,060,179
3.753.554
2,395.329
2 , 6 4 1 , 577
2,640,480
2,603,541
2, 014, 044

NATIONAL

Francs.
1,874,443
1, 8 0 2 , 663;
2,723,521
1,358,522
1,571.851:
1 , 4 0 7 , 5921.567.397
1,085,604

BANK.

The National Bank of Belgium has followed a policy in
fixing the rate of discount which has conformed in a
measure to the English policy of changing the rate with
changes of condition, but has leaned in some degree
toward the French policy of keeping the rate uniform,
except under the pressure of great necessity. In other
words, the policy pursued has been midway between that
of the two great institutions named. This is apparent
from the table given by Mr. Palgrave, showing the variations in the rate of discount at five principal European
banks from 1844 to 1900, the figures for Belgium cover-

60




National

Bank

of

Belgium

ing only the period since the creation of the National
Bank in 1850. The table is as follows: a
Number of variations in rate of discount.
Bank of—
England

France

55

9

Germany.

Holland.

36

23

116

173

Belgium.

Total variations from 1844
in

400

173

The average rate which has prevailed at the National
Bank of Belgium has not been high. It was calculated
as having averaged from 1873 to 1899 3.33 per cent. The
average since that date has ranged somewhat higher, as
the result of the more stringent conditions in the money
market which followed the war in South Africa. The
highest annual rate attained in the history of the Bank
was during the panic of 1873, when the average was 5.06
per cent. The next highest rate, prior to the crisis of
1907, was 4.42 per cent, in 1882, when the crash of the
Union Generate in Paris caused disturbances throughout
Europe. An average rate of 2.80 per cent was touched
in 1886 and of 2.70 per cent in 1892, after the prevalence
of higher rates in the intervening years. Low rates were
again touched during the years just preceding the discussion over the renewal of the charter in 1899, the average of 1893 having been 2.83 per cent; of 1894, 3 per cent;
of 1895, 2.60 per cent; of 1896, 2.84 per cent; of 1897, 3
per cent; and of 1898, 3.04 per cent. 6
a

Palgrave, Bank R a t e and the Money Market, p. 210.
& Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 414.

61




National

Monetary

Commission

The record of changes in the discount rate during the
past ten years is shown in the table below. It indicates
that a rate of great steadiness was maintained from 1901
to 1905, but that Belgium, like other countries, felt the
influence of the monetary pressure which became acute
in 1906. The year 1907 opened with a discount rate at
the National Bank of 4 per cent, which was advanced on
March 18 to 5 percent; on November 2 to 5 % per cent; and
within six days, on November 8, to 6 per cent. Even
under this pressure the censors were able to affirm that
"the resolutions of the council of administration have
been as moderate as possible and the rates of discount in
Belgium have remained below those in force in England
and Germany." 0 The year 1908 witnessed the reflex
influence of the panic. The rate of discount was from 6
per cent progressively reduced on January 14, to 5 per
cent; February 17, to 4 K per cent; March 30, to $% per
cent; and on July 13, to 3 per cent, where it stood during
the remainder of the year and far into the year 1909.
The average rate of discount, as given in the official
reports and in the table below, is based upon the term for
which each rate runs, and not necessarily upon the amount
of paper discounted. The rate used is a minimum rate
upon the ordinary discounts, as in the case of other
European banks of issue. The table showing the changes
during the last eleven years is as follows:
a

Rapport: 1908, p. 30.

62




National

Bank

of

Changes in discount rate,

B e Ig i u m

i8gg-ioo8.

Rate.
Maximum. Minimum. Closing.
Per cent.
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908

Per cent

Per cent.

Changes. Average
rate.

Per cent.

4

3

4

3-04

5

5
4

3 . 92

5

3z
4

4

3

3

3

3

3 j

4

3

3

3
4

3
3

3
4

Ah
6

3*
4

4
6

6

3

3

4.09
3.28
3- 00
3- 17
3-00
3-17

3-8 4
4-95
3.56

An indication of the moderation of the rates charged by
the National Bank is afforded by the fact that between
1851 and 1900, inclusive, the rate of discount was at 3 per
cent or less during 10,623 days out of the 18,262 days
which elapsed. This represents 58 per cent of the time
involved, while rates equally low prevailed at the Bank of
England only in 55 per cent of the whole number of days;
at the Bank of France in 49 per cent; at the Imperial Bank
of Germany in 12 per cent; and at the Bank of the Netherlands in 61 per cent. For the whole period of 18,262 days
dealt with up to the close of 1900, the rate was at 3 per
cent or less for 10,623 days; from 3% to 5 per cent for 6,767
days; and from 5% up to 7 per cent for 872 days, or 5 per
cent of the entire period. a
The relative stability of the discount rate at the National
Bank of Belgium is attributed in the Senate report in a
certain measure to the farsighted and wise management
a Palgrave, p . 186.

63




National

Monetary

Commission

of the bank, whose administration has sought to avoid as
much as possible injurious shocks, but which could not
escape the preponderating influence of the market for
capital and the course of business between nations.® A
more critical attitude, however, was taken in 1900 by
Professor Denis, the leader of the Socialist minority in
the chambers. He pointed out that, from 1852 to 1872,
average rates of discount at the National Bank of Belgium
ranged considerably lower than the official rates in France,
England, and the Netherlands, but that this advantage
disappeared in the period 1873-1898, and especially during
the latter portion of this period. A summary of his
figures is as follows: b
Rates of discount at various banks.

Period.

Bank of
France.

Bank of
Bank of
NetherEngland. thelands,

National
Bank of
Belgium.

Per cent,

Per cent,

Per cent.

4- 17
3.30
2. 07

4.09
3- 19
2. 61

1852-1872
1873-1898
1895-1898

Per cent.
3.81
3- 12

3-49
3-31

The figures for the latter period, Professor Denis declared,
represented a nearly complete revolution as compared wTith
the earlier, which he attributed in a measure to the substitution of foreign bills for gold in the reserves. We shall
see, however, in discussing the subject of the premium
on exchange and the drain of coin from Belgium, that
the discount rates of recent years have been subjected to
serious criticism from a very different point of view from
that of Professor Denis, as being too low, instead of too
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 411.
64

b

Ibid.,

p. 283.




National

Bank

of

Belgium

high. The comparative rates for later years have been as
follows :a
Average rates of discount since 1898.

Yea:.

Bank of
France.

Bank of
England.

Bank of
Germany.

Bank of
the Netherlands.

National
Bank of
Belgium.

Per cent-

Per cent.
3-75
3-96
3- 72
3-33
3-75
3.30

Per cent.
4.98
5-33

Per cent.
3.8s
3- 60
3-23

Per cent.
3.9i
4.09
3.28

3.00
4.27

3-47

4-93

3.04

3-00

3-06

1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908

3 2 3

3-00
3-00
3-00
3.00
3.00
3 00

4. 10

3-32

3 0 0

3- 00

3-84

3-17
3.00

3.81

3-40
3.24
2.68

5-00

4.00

6.03
4.76

3.38

4. 22

5-10

3.17
3.84
4-95
3.56

T H E GRATUITOUS ISSUE) OF DRAFTS.

One of the methods which was early adopted by the
National Bank to facilitate the transfer of credit was the
issue of drafts upon its branches. Such a draft is known
as an accr£ditif and is in the nature of an order issued
at any given office of the Bank upon another designated
office. Drafts payable within the city where issued are
sold only in Brussels. At that point they are payable
on the first business day following the date of their issue,
and the same rule prevails as to such drafts delivered in
the provinces upon Brussels. Those delivered in the
provinces upon an agency or upon a branch were until
1908 payable one day later, but in that year were made
payable the day after issue.6 In case of the loss of such
a draft a duplicate may be issued fifteen days after the
a Bulletin de Statistique, January, 1909, LXV, p
6
Rapport: 1908, p. 25.
85519—10

5

65

no.




National

Monetary

Commission

date of its issue under special authorization from the
governor of the bank.
These drafts were originally issued only for sums not
less than ioo francs ($19.30), but a motion was made
during the discussion on the renewal of the charter in
1900 to reduce the denomination to 20 francs ($3.86).
This motion was opposed by the government, but the
promise was made, and subsequently fulfilled, to reduce
the minimum to 50 francs ($9.65).
Prior to the law of June 23, 1873, these drafts were
required to be made in favor of a designated person and
could not conveniently be transferred by indorsement because of the stamp tax, which assimilated them in such
cases to commercial paper. The law of 1873 exempted
them from the stamp tax and broadened the scope of
their employment. It required a demand for payment
within three days of the date of issue if drawn on the
same place and within six days when drawn upon another
place. The holder who did not demand payment within
the legal limit lost his recourse against indorsers. Even
prior to the law of 1873, o n J u ty 1> l 8 7 i , the bank abolished the charge of 25 centimes per 1,000 francs (5 cents
per $193) and has since furnished these drafts without
charge where they are made payable at an agency. The
bank made this concession in the belief that it would be
compensated in a measure by saving the charges on the
transportation of bank notes by mail and that the latter
would remain longer in circulation The accr^ditif is
paid only to the person in whose favor it is drawn or by
indorsement, and this indorsement can not be replaced
by a letter of advice. a
a Noel, I. pp. 530-53I66




National

Bank

of

Belgium

While it is declared by M. Pierre des Essars that " t h e
Bank is thus called upon to perform gratuitously all transfers of money for the whole country," 0 the number of
such drafts dealt in has not approached the volume of
redemptions of bank notes. The growth in their use
was slow prior to the abolition of the stamp tax in 1873,
but was more rapid after that date. The following table
gives for representative years the tendency in this regard:
AccrSditifs sold.
Number.

Amount.
Francs.

1863
1870
1872
1873
187S
1880
1885
1890
189s
1900
1905
1906
1907
1908

4.894
16,988
63,179
92,300
129,991
199,113
249,45o
286,119
324,346
413,735
508,034
535,451
552,345
567,201

13.227,354
54,335,io6
314,358,816
498,100,000
562, 107,138
705,021,527
742,403,592
921,300,000
1,022,608,588
1,450,250,10a
1,488,588,697
1,634,527,879
1,675,832,751
1,645,063, 717

It was suggested by M. des Essars that the facility given
by these drafts for the transfer of money without cost
tends to encourage the transfer of coin out of Belgium.
How this tendency works is thus set forth: 6
"When a Belgian debt is due in France the debtor
draws an order at some agency payable at Tournay or
Courtrai (frontier places in Belgium). There coin is
asked for and forwarded to the branch of the Bank of
« A History of Banking in all the Leading Nations, I I I , p. 276
& Ibid., p. 277.
67




National

Monetary

Commission

France at Roubaix or Tourcoing. The transfer charge
is very light, so that money leaves Belgium when the
exchange is but 2 per 1,000, under the circumstances
explained. The rate would have to reach 4 to 5 per 1,000
to make it a matter of advantage to transfer actual coin
instead of using orders. Belgium is thus more exposed
than any other country to a drainage of coin."
This subject of the exchange between Belgium and
other countries is an intricate one, however, into which
many other factors enter than the movement of drafts,
and is discussed elsewhere in this report.
MOVEMENTS OF THE CIRCULATION.

The circulation of the National Bank of Belgium has
proved very flexible, in spite of the absence of any special
restrictions upon note issues. The net circulation of currency has tended to expand in Belgium, as in other countries, by reason of the expansion of business and by reason
of the rise in prices, demanding a larger volume of the
medium of exchange. There has been a tendency also
toward the substitution of notes for coin in the hands of
the public, because notes are less cumbersome and more
convenient than the heavy silver coins. The issue of
notes of the denomination of 20 francs ($3.86) has naturally tended to substitute paper for coin down to that
denomination.
The progression in the total circulation has been much
more rapid than in the population. The latter increased
from 4,827,833 souls in 1866 to 6,693,548 in 1900, and in
1907 was estimated at about 7,200,000. On the part of
the circulation, from 1870, when the average was
187,392,000 francs ($36,173,000), there was an increase in
68




National

Bank

of

Belgium

1873 t ° 332,480,410 francs ($64,170,000). The increase
was less rapid from this date to 1888, when the average
was 361,030,000 francs. The period of commercial expansion which followed led to the movement of the average upward in 1900 to 576,485,510 francs, and there was a
further advance during the next eight years which carried
the average for 1908 to 753,079,970 francs ($145,350,000).
The degree of elasticity in the circulation is indicated
partly by the variations at different periods of the year
and partly by the amount of notes canceled and retired
during the year. The range of variation is not so great
as in some other countries, because of the essentially
manufacturing character of the industries of Belgium
and the comparatively minor part played, therefore, by
agricultural operations. The difference between the circulation on December 31, however, when it is near its
maximum, and the average for the year is in itself considerable, without taking account of the wider variations
indicated by the difference between the minimum and
the maximum points of the year. Thus, in 1908, notes in
circulation on December 31 were 806,878,060 francs,
while the average for the year was 753,079,970 francs.
The difference in 1906 was greater, the circulation at the
close of the year having been 770,423,340 francs and the
average for the year 702,363,760 francs.
Comparison of the minimum and maximum circulation
for different years shows variations usually ranging about
10 per cent. The period of maximum circulation is almost invariably at the turn of the year, sometimes occurring late in December and sometimes continuing into the
first weeks of January before the reflex movement is felt.
There is a general tendency downward from January to
69




National

Monetary

Commission

midsummer, which is halted from time to time by the
demand for currency at the end of each quarter and on
other special occasions. The latter part of March and the
early days of April mark the logical period of minimum
circulation, but the state of comparative equilibrium,
which extends from these dates to midsummer, is occasionally marked by a decline slightly below the average
of the spring. The table which appears below, showing
the variations between maximum and minimum circulation during the past ten years, illustrates the character
of these movements. The figures presented are for complete weeks, ending in some cases a few days before December 31, which explains the apparent discrepancy in
one or two cases with the later table, where the circulation of December 31 reached above the maximum shown
for the official banking year. In some cases the demand
for circulation has risen higher during the autumn than
at the close of the year, but upon the whole, as the table
indicates, the maximum is attained near the end of the
year and the minimum during the spring and summer.
Variations in the circulation.
Maximum.

Minimum.

Average.

Year.
Date,

Amount.

Date.

O O O O O O O O O * ©

Francs.
Nov.
Oct.
Jan.
Dec.
Jan.
Dec.
Nov.
Oct.
Oct.
Dec.

30
31
31
30
15
29
2
31
21
30

568,500,000
597.900,000
623,500,000
672,600,000
650,500,000
668,700,000
693.300,000
736, 5 0 0 , 000
770,600,000
800,200,000

Amount.
Francs.

Mar.
June
Sept.
June
June
June
Mar.
Apr.
Apr.
June

70

9
21
5
19
18
23
23
19
4
18

511,700,000

553.8oo.ooo
567, 200, 000
596,300,000
605,000,000
615,100,000
643,700,000
670,900,000
706,600,000
711,700,000

Amount.
Francs.
538,076,400
576,433.5io
599. 265,950
621,568,640
636, 760, 360
645,989,100
676,841,990
702,363,760
743,404.700
753.079.970




National

Bank

of

Belgium

The denominations of the notes issued by the National
Bank were fixed in the beginning and have not since
been altered. They are five in number—for 20 francs,
50 francs, 100 francs, 500 francs, and 1,000 francs. Neither
the law nor the regulations of the Government specify the
proportion of any one denomination to be issued or kept
in circulation. Figures of the»different denominations are
available only from 1870, when the total circulation of
notes was 187,392,000 francs. The changes from year to
year after the use of the different denominations was fairly
established, about 1877, show the largest increase in notes
for 20 francs ($3.86) and notes for 100 francs ($19.30).
The demand for notes of 1,000 francs, while varying
somewhat from year to year, has upon the whole shown
no great increase, even with growth in the volume of
business. The following table shows the average value
for each denomination outstanding for representative
years:
Average of note issues by

denomination.

[In thousands of francs.]
Year.
1870
^873
1875
1880
1885
1890
J895
1900
1905
1906
1907
-1908

1,000 francs.
80,367
150,030
123,034
T28,285
rr4,887.
121,788
123,749
168,446
184,871
196,167
197,987
160,267

500 francs
18,501.o
23. 523-0
18,486.0
23,254.5
16,822. 5
21, 906. o
25.898.5
32,599-5
37,398.5
40.95I-5
40,845.0
72,146.o

100 francs.
65, 782.0
120,766.9
137,438.7
124,271.2
160,109.9
171,487.3
201, 301. 8
240, 253.6
275,903.9
260,826.7
289,324.3
297, 698. o

50 francs.
7,298.o
3.189.7
1,498. 1
22,953. 1
27,438.6
29,337.2
34,384.7
47,649.2
61, 242. 2
7L359.9
71, 621. 7
73,608. 6

20 francs.
15.444.0
34. 97o. a
43.109.4
14.860.7
27.120.8
37.791.2
52,079. 1
87.535.1
117.426.3
133.058.6
143,626.7
149,360.3

Notes retired during the year have varied in amount
according to business conditions. The maximum pro71




National

Monetary Commission

portion of such retirements was in 1886, when they
amounted to 306,790,000 francs in an average circulation
of 355,893,600 francs, or about 85 per cent. The average cancellations, however, are much below this amount,
having been in 1907 366,120,500 francs, or 49 per cent
of the average circulation. The cancellations of 1908
were 508,491,400 francs, or 67 per cent of the average
circulation.
One of the most striking features of the circulation during recent years has been the increase in the proportion
of notes for 20 francs. Such notes formed in 1873 b u t
little more than 10 per cent of the average circulation.
The amount had not increased materially up to the year
1893, when the proportion to the total circulation had
declined to about 9 per cent. From that date, however,
the increase was rapid and resulted in doubling the amount
of these small notes within less than six years and again
nearly doubling the amount in the eight years ending
with 1907. A view of the movement of circulation, the
proportion of notes of 20 francs, and the notes retired
for representative years is afforded by the following table:
Movement of the circulation.

Year.

1873
1880
1885
1890
1895

1907

Circulation
Dec. 3 1 .

Francs.
320,586,070
339,969,510
367,423,810
404,721,600
476,502,020
6 3 1 , 6 3 1 , 800
724,082,140
770,423,340
798,167,760
806,878,060

Average circulation during
year.
Francs.
332,480,410
313,624,520
346,378,860
382,309,680
450,413,100
576,483.510
676,841,990
7 0 2 , 3 6 3 , 760
743.404.700
753.o79.97o

72

Average notes
of 20 f r a n c s .

Francs.
3 4 , 9 7 0 , 260
14,860,720
27,120,860
3 7 , 7 9 1 , 180
5 2 , 0 7 9 , 100
87,535,160
117,426,340
133,058,660
143,626,700
149,360,320

N o t e s retired
during year.

Francs
109,659,750
205,700,000
3 0 1 , 250, 0 0 a
221,540,000
145.320,000
330,320, 00a
405,500, 000
643,250,000
366,120, 500
5 0 8 , 4 9 1 , 400'




-National

Bank

of

Belgium

REGULATION OF THE NOTE CIRCULATION.

The circumstances under which the National Bank of
Belgium was created gave a distinctive character to the
provisions regarding the security for the issue of notes.
The original charter of 1850 contained these provisions in
regard to the notes themselves:
"ARTICLE

XII.

"The bank may issue notes payable to bearer. The
amount in circulation shall be represented by securities
which can be easily converted into cash.
" The proportion between the cash reserve and the notes
in circulation shall be fixed by the statutes.
"ARTICLE

XIII.

"The Government, by agreement with the Bank, shall
determine the form of the notes, the method of their
issue, and the amount of each denomination."
No changes were made in these provisions by subsequent
amendments of the charter, except that in 1900 the notes
were required in future to be printed in both the languages of the country (French and Flemish), and provision
was made for paying into the public Treasury the amount
of old issues of notes prior to 1869 which had not been
presented for redemption.
The original charter of the Bank made the redemption
of notes obligatory only at the head 6ffice at Brussels;
but in 1872 this obligation was extended to the agencies,
with the proviso that payment might be deferred until
there had been time to receive the necessary funds from
the head office. The notes were made receivable for
73




National

Monetary

Commission

public dues from the beginning, but it was not until 1873
that they were declared legal tender between individuals
so long as they continued to be redeemed in legal coin.
This privilege was accorded by a special law of June 20,
1873, which also provided, however, that the legal-tender
quality should cease whenever the Government should
cease to receive the notes at public offices.*
The Belgian law imposes no limit upon the amount of
notes which may be issued by the National Bank. It was
declared by M. Malou in 1872 that "the credit circulation
is not extended or restricted arbitrarily at the will of
institutions of credit; its necessary limits are the requirements for transactions and the movement of business/' b
The law required that there should be a relationship
established between the metallic stock and the circulation,
but left to the statutes of the Bank, as determined upon
by the Government, the decision of what this relationship
should be. The proportion is fixed by Article XXXIV of
the present statutes at one-third of the amount of notes
and other obligations payable at sight, but it is provided
that the cash reserve may be allowed to go below this
minimum under circumstances and limits to be authorized
by the Minister of Finance. It was declared when the
law was framed in 1850 that the exact proportion of the
reserve held against notes could not be determined
according to any fixed rule, but must depend upon time,
circumstances, and perhaps also the state of public feeling.
For this reason the matter was left to the Government and
the Bank. Experience, it was declared in the report of
M. Delbeke in 1899, had proved the wisdom of this solua Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 480.
6 Ibid., p. 471.
74




National

Bank

of

Belgium

tion. It was more and more agreed by modern experience
that any such limit should be conceived in such a manner
as to leave the bank with hands sufficiently free to meet
successfully a period of crisis. Upon this question of a
fixed proportion of reserve the report of M. Delbeke
quoted from an article by Professor Helfferich in the
" Revue Politique et Parlementaire " of January 10, 1899,
the following:0
" Requirements of this sort should not establish a rule
for the government of the Bank in periods of calm. If
the government of the Bank does not do in normal times
considerably more than is required by the provisions of
the law, it willnot be able in difficult times, when the
tiller escapes from its hands, to keep within the limits of
legal requirements, and even for a competent management
there is danger of being compelled to exceed the legal
limits because of a violent and sudden crisis. It is at such
moments that a central bank becomes indispensable to
safeguard the economic interests of the country and that
it becomes obligatory to suspend the banking law.
"Of this the suspension, authorized on three occasions,
of the restrictive clause contained in the English bank
act affords a classic example. But suspensions of this
sort, imposed by necessity, never take place without provoking in a certain measure a movement having the character of a panic. If a bank approaches the limit at which
it ought to suspend its issue of bills, the fact produces, as
has been seen in England, a run upon the Bank—not to
obtain the redemption of bills, but to obtain the discount
of paper—for everyone fears the arrival of the moment
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 151.
75




National

Monetary

Commission

when the Bank will no longer be able to issue bills nor in
consequence to grant discounts. The imposition by law
of a maximum figure for the issue of bills not covered by
the metallic reserve, and of a minimum of metallic reserve for covering the bills, represents then a limit imposed
upon the elasticity of the Bank and a limit which, instead
of preventing a crisis, is rather of a nature to provoke and
aggravate it."
The regulations imposed at the National Bank of Belgium to sebure the safety of the notes and to prevent
thefts and fraudulent overissues are similar to those in
other large banks. The special paper required for the
notes is carefully recorded and is guarded in a safe with
two keys. The comptroller delivers to the chief of the
printing office the paper necessary for the time being,
where also it is kept under double keys. After printing,
the notes which have been spoiled as well as those properly printed are remitted to the comptroller of notes.
Those spoiled are marked before delivery with the word
"faute" (spoiled) and are perforated. These spoiled
notes are carefully verified and destroyed at the end of
every six months.
The comptroller of notes is charged with numbering and
affixing the seal upon the notes. Every issue under a
given letter of the alphabet is inscribed in a register containing the following information:
The number in the order of the alphabet.
The date of manufacture.
The date of issue.
The names of the signers.
The letter of the series.
76




National

Bank

of

Belgium

The number in this series.
The date of destruction.
Verifications are made in the case of the special paper
every six months, or oftener if judged necessary by the
administration of the Bank. The verification is made by
the governor or a director delegated by the council, with
the assistance of the director charged with the supervision
of the note service. Notes at the printing office and at
the sealing office are verified at least once a month by the
director of the note service, assisted by the comptroller.
The notes to be issued are verified at least once every six
months by the director of the service and the treasurer.
A report is made at the end of each month, showing the
status of the special paper, notes in course of printing, and
those actually printed.
Notes which have become unsuitable for circulation are
withdrawn by the central reserve agency. They are
punched with the word "annule" (cancelled), with the
date of their retirement. These notes are also remitted
to the office of note issue, which records the number, verifies them, classifies them, and proceeds to their cancellation in the records already described. When the council
orders the destruction of canceled notes, the operation is
effected under the supervision of two directors designated
by it, in the presence of three delegates of the grade of at
least chief of bureau. The council determines at the
same time the method of destruction.^
One of the new provisions of the law of 1900 directed
the bank to pay into the public treasury within one month
the-face value of notes belonging to issues prior to the year
<* Lois Organiques: Statuts, 1907, pp. 95-100
77




National

Monetary

Commission

1869 which were still outstanding. It was also provided
that whenever a given type of note was replaced or suppressed, the bank should make a similar payment into
the treasury at the expiration of a date to be fixed in each
case by agreement, and that this provision should be immediately applicable to notes for 20 francs of types
previous to that authorized in 1897. The amount of
these old notes was to be deducted from the reported
amount of the circulation, and when any of them were
redeemed the amount thus disbursed was to be charged
to the account of the treasury.
The report of the Minister of Finance upon this subject
is interesting, because it presents figures of the amount of
old notes of issues prior to 1869, which were outstanding
on December. 31, 1897.° These issues dated back as far
as 1851 and included notes issued in 1851, 1852, 1853,
1856, 1862, 1863, and 1865. I*1 every case, except the
original issues of 1851, the notes still outstanding were of
only one denomination. The total face value of all such
issues was only 1,025,500 francs ($198,000) and, curiously
enough, was made up in part of 353 notes for 1,000 francs
(353,000 francs) of the issue of 1853, which would appear
to represent the loss of a considerable amount in these
notes at one time. The loss of such large notes may be
considered more exceptional than that of notes of 20
francs, of which 8,259 notes, representing a value of
165,180 francs ($32,000) of the issue of 1851, were still
outstanding. If this amount is divided by the period of
forty-seven years which elapsed between 1851 and the
close of 1897, the average annual loss on the issue would
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 23.
78




National

Bank

of

Belgium

stand at about 3,500 francs ($700) per year, and would
indicate how small is t h e ultimate loss even on notes of
small denominations.
FOREIGN BIIXS IN THE RESERVE.
The National Bank of Belgium was allowed, from an
early date, t o count as p a r t of its reserve first-class foreign bills which were guaranteed b y banking houses in
Belgium. The proportion of t h e reserve made u p of such
bills tended t o increase until they came to constitute,
just before t h e renewal of the charter in 1900, about 25
per cent of t h e total computed reserve. This fact was
made a subject of some criticism b y Professor Denis in
his report in favor of a special inquiry into the management of t h e Bank. H e declared t h a t the foreign portfolio, at first rare and variable, had become constant and
increasing; t h a t from 6 per cent of t h e total discounts
from 1872 t o 1876, it had increased t o 25 per cent from
1893 to 1897. I n concluding his discussion of this subject, he declared: 0
" T h e fluid equilibrium of our reserve seems t o be a
problem more and more complex, in which t h e anticipation of t h e extent of t h e ultimate demand for specie and
t h e certainty of realizing t h e securities held are bound u p
with t h e aggregate of t h e conditions of t h e international
market, with t h e distribution of t h e paper between different places, with causes which m a y affect foreign cash
reserves, and even with t h e question of t h e standards.
Does this constitute a financial system without peril?
On t h e other hand, what are t h e measures which would
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 66.

79




National

Monetary

Commission

permit escape from this instability, from this international lack of unity? "
In meeting this criticism M. Delbeke examined the subject from the three points of view, whether the holding
of foreign bills was equivalent in fact to a metallic reserve;
if they could constitute a danger to the Bank; and if
there was occasion to exclude them from the calculation
of the proportion between the reserve and the circulation
of notes. M. Delbeke declared that the facts submitted
by the Government established the genuine benefits, not
to say the absolute necessity, of the practice which the
Bank had long pursued on the subject of these foreign
bills. He emphasized the solidity of the limited number
of firms whose signatures were accepted, such firms being
limited to indorsing over to the Bank the paper of third
parties. He then quoted from the agreement between
these firms and the Bank, to the effect that the firms
bound themselves to rediscount at any time paper clothed
with their indorsement, at a rate which should not be
higher than the official rate of the central bank of the
country from which the paper emanated, and should protect the National Bank, according to its instructions,
either in bills of exchange at market quotations or in gold
coin or bullion, except in case of superior force. The
National Bank engaged itself not to abuse this option of
rediscount and not to demand securities for a sum exceeding 6,000,000 to 8,000,000 francs per week.
The utility of the holdings of foreign bills in emergency
has been several times demonstrated in a striking manner. At the outbreak of the crisis which followed the
declaration of war between France and Germany, the
80




National

Bank

of

Belgium

National Bank had on July 21 foreign paper to the amount
of 64,144,255 francs ($12,370,000). This paper was employed so generously to obtain gold that the amount on
hand was reduced by the end of July to 7,227,300 francs
and on August 20 to 3,531,900 francs. The product of
the sale or payment of the bills had been converted into
bars of gold and silver.
On another occasion, at the time when the subject of
the renewal of the charter was pending in November, 1898,
the National Bank was able to maintain a discount rate
of 3 per cent, when the official rate stood in Berlin at 6
per cent, in Vienna at 5 per cent, and in London at 4 per
cent. The position of the Bank of Belgium was maintained by realizing a part of its holdings of foreign paper,
which reduced the amount from 122,800,000 francs to
98,400,000 francs. The position taken by the supporters
of the Bank in this matter is taken also by Mr. Inglis
Palgrave in the following language: a
"The Bank has been enabled to carry on its operations
with this comparatively small bullion reserve through its
skill in discounting, and through the power of regulating
the foreign exchanges which it possesses by means of the
quantity of foreign paper which it holds. In the balance
sheet of December 31, 1901 (p. 207), the bills discounted
stood at £19,100,000; of this sum the foreign bills held
amounted to £6,500,000. Through holding these drafts
on other countries the council of the Bank has the means
of operating in any direction when the exchanges are
unfavorable to Belgium. The moderate rates of discount
a Bank Rate and the Money Market, p. 184.

85519—10

6

81




National

Monetary

Commission

charged and the comparatively small range of fluctuation
show how carefully, especially of late years, the Bank of
Belgium has maintained this power. Roughly speaking,
one-fifth part of the bills it has dealt with during the last
twenty years have been on foreign countries."
Mr. Palgrave presents the following comparison for
representative years of the relation of foreign bills to total
operations in discount:
Domestic and foreign

discounts.

On Belgium.

On foreign
countries.

Francs.
81,200,000
729,400,000
1,205,000,000
1,647,000,000
i , 958, 600, 000

Francs.
104,800,000
28,000,000
131,800,000

Francs.
186,000 0 0 0
757,4oo 0 0 0
1 336,800 0 0 0

347, 600, 000
396,900,000
693,200,000
819,400,000

994.600 0 0 0
355.5oo 0 0 0
3 442,900 0 0 0
3 370,825 0 0 a

2,749,700,000
2,551,425,000

Total.

1

2

Referring to the experience of various critical occasions,
the report to the Senate by the Chevalier Descamps
declared that a skillful division of foreign bill holdings
between a certain number of countries wisely chosen was
of a nature to provide against circumstances which might
offset in a manner the realization of such holdings or
paralyze its effects. Summing up the benefits of the system,
M. Descamps said: a
"The moderate and skillful use of the foreign bill holdings as a sort of supplement to the metallic stock does not
seem to be compromising, and from a multiplicity of viewpoints is even an advantage. I t may tend to give to the
<* D o c u m e n t s P a r l e m e n t a i r e s : 1900, p . 475.
82




National

Bank

of

Belgium

reserve an elasticity superior to mere rigidity of proportions,
which is neither scientifically justified nor practically protective in an absolute manner. But naturally the question involved here is to guard against being drawn too far,
which might produce a famine of money. It must always
be recalled that a general equivalence is not an absolute
identity, and that in the long run, to use an old comparison, it is always preferable to keep one's self in a large
measure on the firm ground of gold and silver rather than
to fly upon the wings of foreign paper."
One of the points raised against a reserve kept in foreign
bills was the possible suspension of the metallic standard
in case of war by one of the countries on which such paper
might be drawn. It was declared by M. Delbeke, however,
in his report to the Chambers, that there was no reason for
such apprehensions, in view of the precautions which were
taken by the Bank in regard to its foreign debtors and which
found expression in the clause which has been already
quoted, compelling the indorser to rediscount or cover
the paper on the first demand. In fact, it was added, the
paper in circulation at any given time was based upon the
monetary standard of that time and could not be affected
by measures which might be taken at a later date in the
debtor country. 0
The practical operation of the reserve of foreign bills
was discussed by the Government in replying to a series
of questions submitted by the central committee of the
lower house, pending the revision of the charter in 1900.
The questions asked on this head were as to the paper
of this sort which was actually included in the assets of
<* Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 149
83




National

Monetary

Commission

the bank, as to the average rate of return and as to the
average maturity. The reply to these questions was as
follows:a
"The drafts which are included in the foreign portfolio are securities of the first order, protected, moreover,
by the indorsement of banking houses chosen among the
most important of Paris, London, Berlin, Amsterdam,
Hamburg, Cologne, Frankfort, and Vienna.
"At no time has the bank suffered the slightest loss
upon these securities. The average rate of operations in
foreign bills was during the year 1898, 2.79 per cent, with
an average maturity of forty-nine days; in 1897, 2.53 per
cent, with an average maturity of forty-seven days; in
1906, 2.51 per cent, with an average maturity of fortyeight days.
" It is important to note that the rates earned by operations with the foreign portfolio are not collected in a permanent manner. Thus, in the course of the year 1898 the
Bank on different occasions suspended the credits extended
to foreign correspondents, with the object of having in its
own hands for the moment coin to replenish its reserve,
which was vigorously attacked during the period when
discount had mounted to 6 per cent at Berlin and to 4
per cent in London and when exchange on Paris had risen
to 3 % in the 1,000 (0.35 per cent).
"During several weeks correspondents at Paris with
whom the bank had conducted transfer operations upon
London, Berlin, and Hamburg made shipments of specie.
The Bank thus received 38,000,000 francs in 5-franc pieces.
This combination of measures permitted the Bank to
a Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 187.
84




National

Bank

of

Belgium

maintain during almost the entire year rates of discount
which were very moderate and to avoid the necessity of
raising them, except during a very short period."
T H E QUESTION OF MONOPOLY OF NOTE I S S U E .

The question whether the National Bank possesses a
monopoly of the power of issuing notes is to a large
extent an academic one. It is admitted on all sides that
monopoly practically exists, but there is sufficient vagueness in the law to leave open the possibility of competition, if approved by the chambers. It was frankly
declared in the report in favor of the government measure
submitted to the Chamber of Deputies on March 16,
1872, by M. Pirmez, that "in fact we have in Belgium
the system of a single bank of issue." " I n law, however," he went on to declare, "the liberty of creating
banks of issue exists for individuals, for societies with a
collective name, and for societies with silent partners (en
commandite simple); it does not exist for joint-stock
companies and stock companies with silent partners. " a
Whether a company organized by shares had rights
under the general law to issue notes was briefly discussed,
but it was pointed out that a regular corporation with
limited liability could be created only by law, and that,
in consequence, the right of creating banks of issue could
be refused without infringing any existing rights. The
a

Documents Officiels: 1872, p. 47. It is hardly necessary to go here
into the different forms of partnership and corporate liability recognized
by the law of Belgium and other continental countries. I t may be proper
to set forth, however, t h a t companies organized en commandite are partnerships where the active partners are liable without restriction for the
liabilities of the firm, but the partners en commandite are liable only to
the amount of capital which they have invested.
85




National

Monetary

Commission

contention that the banking system of Scotland represented the successful operation of a system of note issues
by corporations, without restriction as to the number of
such corporations, was met by the contention that the
Scotch banks were not limited liability companies, but
that all their shareholders were subject to unlimited liability and that nothing prevented the creation in Belgium
of banks of issue under these conditions.^
Departing from merely academic interpretation of the
power to issue notes under general law, which had not
been utilized except by one or two banks existing at the
time of the law of 1850, M. Pirmez took up the principles
of the banking systems differing from that of a single
bank of issue which might possibly be adopted, limiting
them to (1) plurality of authorized banks, (2) regulated
authority to create banks, (3) unrestricted liberty. He
declared that none of these systems would increase the
credit circulation, which the National Bank was interested in carrying to the highest possible figure indicated
by the presentation of notes for redemption. New
currents entering the circulation could not fill the reservoir
any higher, but could only vary its contents with a
variety of bank bills instead of those of a uniform type.
The right of the State to intervene to protect the interests
of the public in respect to uniformity, safety, and convenience was set forth as follows:6
a This unlimited liability of Scotch shareholders was modified as the
result of the bank failures of 1879, which imposed heavy losses upon
small holders of stock; b u t the restrictions imposed upon note issues by
the act of 1845 might have afforded to M. Pirmez another ground of
distinction between the Scotch system and t h a t existing under Belgian law.
& Documents Officiels: 1872, p. 52.

86




National

Bank

of

Belgium

"If one adhered to this principle of absolute nonintervention, the State should refrain from controlling the
weight and fineness of precious metals; it should suppress
lawful money and leave to everyone to satisfy himself of
the quality of the gold and silver presented to him; it
should cease to concern itself with the system of weights
and measures and refrain from regulating those which are
used in business. No one will pretend that it ought to
act thus, because no compensating advantage could be
found in the inextricable complications which would arise
from this revolution in the usage of all civilized peoples.
There are necessary exceptions to this principle of liberty,
and the exceptions should be extended to those matters
which by their nature have to be accepted by all—by those
who are competent to judge and those who are not—
without examination, without hesitation, without even a
doubt to delay the conclusion of a transaction. It is thus
with the circulation of money; and it should be thus for
the same reason with the circulation of credit paper. The
Government would fail in its duty if it did not take the
necessary precautions that money should be correct in
weight and fineness; it would fail equally in its duty if it
did not take similar measures that the notes which replace
cash should be of indisputable value. It would be absurd
to condemn individuals, and especially the least enlightened, to perpetual operations in assaying; it would not be
less absurd to demand that the unlettered should take
account of the soundness of banks. In this respect it is
unity which best attains the object sought. It gives by
means of the most efficient control a more absolute safety;

87




National

Monetary

Commission

it alone gives to bank notes the stamp of a value which
suffers neither comparison nor discussion, but exactly
represents the monetary system."
The loophole through which opposition to the existing
National Bank might find an opening for a competitive
system of note issue is the provision of the law of 1850,
creating the National Bank, that " n o bank of issue shall
be constituted by shares except under the form of a
joint-stock company and by virtue of a law." This provision nominally leaves to the Government the right to
authorize a new bank in case competition with the National
Bank should become advisable. Even in the preliminary
reports on the creation of the Bank, however, in 1850, it
was declared by M. Frere-Orban, that "the end which it
was sought to attain above all was to separate discount
and issue from industrial affairs; it was, hence, to establish unity in the circulation of bank bills and to arrive as
soon as possible at the convertibility of these bills." In
summing up the tendency of discussion and legislation in
Belgium, even Professor Denis declared himself a partisan
of unity of issues in the following passage from his report,
submitted to the chamber: °
" I t follows from this historical review that, in spite of
the persistence of texts, the spirit of the legislature and of
the Government tends more and more energetically
towards unity of issue, having as a necessary corollary a
single bank, and to condemn more decidedly the ultimate
corrective influence of limited plurality, as tending itself
•jtOMgngender incalculable evils. All this builds up historical
obstacles, which go on accumulating, against the idea of
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 53.
88




National

Bank

of

Belgium

exciting ultimate competition to the existing bank and
renders the practical application of it more and more
illusory. From this it follows that if the texts are always
opposed to the absolute consecration of a monopoly, the
monopoly of fact is none the less more solidly and more
definitely established.''
METHODS OF COLLECTING

PAPER.

The collection of commercial bills for very small amounts
is accomplished at the National Bank of Belgium through
an elaborate organization, as at the Bank of France. It is
necessary to employ a considerable force of collectors to
make the rounds of the small shops and collect paper which
is due by the proprietors. By the terms of Article VIII of
the charter, one of the declared objects of the Bank is " t o
charge itself with the recovery of paper which may be
remitted to it by individuals or establishments.'' In
carrying out this function the Bank acts as a sort of central
collection agency for other institutions. It was declared
in the report of the Chevalier Descamps to the Senate at
the time of the renewal of the charter in 1900: a
"The presentation to the Bank of a great number of
obligations which have matured in the assets of other
institutions, tends to transform a part of the business of
discount into a simple means of profiting by the machinery
of the central bank to make collections. It is remarkable
that securities find their domicile in the assets of the Bank
only for an average of thirty-nine days. This is an important and inevitable cause of reduction of profits for ' the
bank of bankers' and one of the reasons which should lead
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 421.
89




National

Monetary

Commission

our great establishment of credit to seek profitable means
of development, without departing from its proper sphere."
The by-laws governing the internal management of the
Bank provided in 1907 for a maximum of 16 chief collectors and similar employees, 36 collectors of the first class,
50 of the second class, and an unlimited number of the
third class. The chief among these officials receive salaries ranging from 2,200 to 2,800 francs per year; those of
the first class, from 1,800 to 2,200 francs ($350 to $420);
those of the second class, from 1,600 to 1,800 francs; and
those of the third class, from 1,400 to 1,600 francs. After
five years'service, advances may be made of 200 francs to
the chiefs, and 100 francs to other employees.0
The necessity of a force of this kind to make regular collections and to assert the legal rights of the Bank is indicated by the facts published in the annual reports in regard
to defaulted paper. The defaults do not usually cause
losses to the National Bank, because the paper represents
rediscounts, and that which is not paid to the collectors is
returned by the Bank to the indorser for payment. The
ratio of delinquencies naturally becomes a little greater in
a year of business depression, like 1908, than in a year of
greater business activity.
The annual report of the Bank for 1901 shows that the
total number of pieces of commercial paper subject to collection during the year 1900 coming from the assets of the
National Bank and of the National Savings Bank was
3,808,195, representing an amount of 3,471,781,776 francs
($670,000,000). On this sum the amount due at Brussels
consisted of 730,497 pieces for a capital of 769,305,979
<* Lois Organiques: Statuts, 1907, pp. 68-69.
90




National

Bank

of

Belgium

francs ($148,500,000). Of this total there were 92,141
pieces (or 12.61 per cent of the whole) which were not paid
at maturity; but from this amount 54,215 pieces, representing a capital of 23,556,072 francs, were paid to the
collectors or to the cashier after protest. There thus remained 37,926 pieces of paper unpaid, representing
11,677,482 francs ($2,254,000), which was returned to the
indorsers for payment.
In the provinces there were 129,734 pieces of paper
which were not paid at maturity, but 71,982 pieces, representing a capital of 31,227,166 francs, were paid to the collectors. There thus remained 57,752 pieces, representing
a capital of 15,265,098 francs, which were returned to the
indorsers for payment. It by no means follows that this
paper was ultimately defaulted, but it was left for the bank
first discounting it to attend to the detail of securing its
payment after making prompt reimbursement to the National Bank. The percentages of paper thus returned
were, in the case of the office at Brussels, 5.19 per cent of
the number of pieces of paper, but only 1.51 per cent of the
total amount of discounts. In the provinces the showing
was even better, representing 3.87 per cent of the number
of pieces discounted and 0.93 of the amount of discounts. 3
The effect of the depression of 1908 is shown by a considerable increase in the percentage of paper returned to
the indorsers for payment. The total discounts at Brussels represented 796,449 pieces of paper for an amount of
454,249,660 francs ($88,100,000). Of this number 107,212
pieces were not paid at maturity, but 60,354 pieces, reprea Rapport: 1901, p. 10.
91




National

Monetary

Commission

senting a capital of 28,474,994 francs, was paid to the collectors or at the Bank after protest. There remained
46,858 pieces, representing a capital of 15,557,296 francs,
which were returned to the indorsers for payment. In the
provinces, out of total discounts to the number of 1,676,651,
representing a capital of 2,015,582,898 francs, there were
161,635 pieces, or 9.64 per cent of the whole, which were
not paid at maturity. The amount paid, however, to collectors was 89,992 pieces for an amount of 42,770,692
francs. This left 71,643 pieces, representing a capital of
19,973,986 francs ($3,860,000) to be reimbursed by the indorsers. The percentage of the amount of total discounts
thus returned to the indorsers for payment was 3.42 per
cent at Brussels and 0.99 per cent in the provinces. a
CURRENT ACCOUNTS.

The National Bank of Belgium does not seek to attract
deposits, except those which pertain to commercial operations. As at most European banks, a distinction is made
between credits opened in favor of those doing business
with the Bank, and consisting essentially of loans by the
Bank, and voluntary deposits by persons not seeking accommodation from the Bank. The term used for credits
in favor of borrowers and others having accounts with the
Bank is not " deposits," but " current accounts " (comptes
courants). The National Bank has a large department
for the safe-keeping of securities, and the operations of
this department appear under the head of deposits, while
credits in favor of clients of the Bank are stated as current
accounts.
a

Rapport:

1909, p. 11.
92




National

Bank

of

Belgium

The National Bank pays no interest on deposits or current accounts. The provision that interest shall not be
paid is embodied in the regulations of the Bank (art. 27),
but not in the organic law. This subject was carefully
considered at the time of the creation of the Bank, when
an amendment authorizing the payment of interest was
rejected. Upon the motion of M. Frere-Orban it was
decided, by 33 votes against 30, to leave this question for
the statutes. The subject again came under debate at
the renewal of the charter in 1872, when a luminous argument was made by M. Pirmez upon the fundamental differences between current accounts drawing no interest and
deposits drawing interests
Capital, declared M. Pirmez, may be brought to a bank
in connection with the movement of business; or it may
be brought there as a matter of investment. If the bank
does not pay interest, the first type of capital alone will
come; if it allows interest, it makes appeal to the second
type. No one has ever disputed that the National Bank
should, like all establishments of the same sort, receive the
capital destined to play a part in the current movement of
commercial operations. By transfers, checks, and drafts
the funds thus deposited serve for numerous payments,
which are accomplished in the simplest manner. The
result is substantially the same as that derived from the
issue of notes. The latter replace money and are in their
turn replaced by simple written forms. They belong to
the functions of the bank, which is the great organism of
the circulation, and lend themselves to these operations,
realizing to the profit of the country an economy in the
employment of metallic money.
a

Documents Officiels: 1872, pp. 54-56.
93




National

Monetary

Commission

The danger of such deposits, M. Pirmez declared, is
essentially limited and may be easily avoided. The
amounts deposited do not receive a pecuniary remuneration, but they receive a remuneration in services rendered.
Such deposits are made only when one expects to obtain
in the movements of business the advantages which the
bank assures, and as the movements of business are for
each tradesman a continuing series, it follows that after
the exhaustion of a deposit it will almost always be renewed. That which stimulated the first deposit stimulated the later ones. Thus, even the funds which commercial houses leave at the National Bank, rather than
keep in their vaults for their daily needs, disappear only
to return at once, because they constitute the available
reserve of which they have need. From this perspective
it is apparent that the funds thus deposited are necessarily
limited by the absence of interest allowances and that the
effect of this limit is to constitute the liabilities of the
bank in this respect of deposits which have in the aggregate a certain fixity.
This situation, M. Pirmez went on to argue, is completely
modified if by the allotment of interest deposits become a
method of investment. Their advantage disappears, to
give place to danger. The funds thus drawn into the
bank, no longer contributing to the movement of business,
have no influence on the circulation. They would realize
none of the progress which is the organic end of the National Bank. There were other establishments in the
country which received funds and paid interest upon them.
Such funds, through the intermediary of these establishments, went where they were called by the needs of in94




National

Bank

of

Belgium

dustry and commerce. What profit would there be in
withdrawing them from one place to send them to another?
While the advantages of such an operation were only apparent, the dangers would be real. No limit would be
fixed by conditions to these investments. To what figure
might they not rise, to what fluctuations might they not
be subjected, in periods of crisis?
As the result of adherence to this policy the debtor
current accounts form but a small proportion of the obligations of the National Bank, but being commercial
accounts, their movement is extremely rapid. While
the current accounts of other Belgian banks have increased
enormously with the expansion of the business of the
country, the balance of such accounts at the National
Bank has remained comparatively stationary. Thus, the
Society Generate, which still does a large business in
Belgium, showed an increase of its obligations to outsiders
from 121,900,000 francs ($23,530,000) at the close of 1890
to 426,200,000 francs ($82,260,000) at the close of 1908.®
The movement of accounts at the National Bank has
increased somewhat within the generation since the renewal
of the charter in 1872, but even at the close of business
on December 31, 1908, the balance of current accounts
was only 100,716,555 francs ($19,450,000) out of total
liabilities of 1,019,461,475 francs ($196,800,000), not
including deposits of securities and other special funds in
the custody of the Bank. The rapidity of the movement
of these balances is indicated, however, by the fact that
the total amount, which includes the deposit of the General
Bank of Savings and Retirement, was 29,920,581,000
a

Moniteur des Int6rets Materiels: February 28, 1909, p. 705.
95




National

Monetary

Commission

francs, or more than four hundred times the amount of
the average annual balance. The following table shows
the magnitude of these transfers of funds for representative
years:
Movement of current accounts.
Total receipts
and payments.

1892
1897
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908

Francs.
8,061,899, 170
10,811, 595,273
IS.296,563, 969
14,746,108, 566
14,686,513, 704
16, 292, 981,371
17,382,097. 077
20, 522, 122,333
24.343.S63, 429
29,290,671, 685
29, 920, 581,752

Average balance during
year.

Francs.
30,813,814
42,941,738
53.3i6.779
60,644, 173
58, 764, 239
54, 496,884
61,043,893
63,189,681
68,817,481
63.405,963
63,262,728

Balance,
Dec. 31,

Francs.
69.340,318
93.892,514
81,754,197
89,513.811
78,854,638
86,971,009
93,374-199
98,615,552
95,128,921
87,573.812
100,7i6,555

Application for the opening of a current account is
made by addressing a letter to the governor of the Bank
or, at the branches, to the local agent. If a corporation
is concerned, the request must set forth the character of
the corporation and the signatures of the members,
managers, or persons who have authority to sign. These
applications are passed upon by the council of administration. When granted they are recorded in the proceedings and the interested parties are advised. Owners
of current accounts are advised every six months of the
balance to their credit, and are required to acknowledge
such advices and state if the balance given is in accord
with their books.
The Bank assumes for persons having current accounts
collections and payments in each locality where it has an
96




National

Bank

of

Belgium

office. P a y m e n t s m a y be made into any branch of the
Bank for any holder of a current account at Brussels or
in t h e provinces. Deposits of paper for collection m u s t
not be m a d e more t h a n eight days before m a t u r i t y . For
paper payable in the locality where it is deposited a
charge is collected of 10 centimes (2 cents) and one-eighth
per 1,000 upon the a m o u n t of t h e document. For paper
payable in another locality t h a n t h a t w^here it is deposited
t h e charge is 20 centimes per piece and one-eighth per
1,000 upon t h e amount of the document. Paper for
collection in t h e same place m u s t be deposited at least
three days before m a t u r i t y b y noon. Paper to be collected elsewhere must be deposited at least five days
before m a t u r i t y by 10 o'clock. Such paper should bear
the receipt of the person having the account, preceded
b y t h e words ' ' t o be collected through the intervention
of the National Bank of Belgium." Such documents
should be presented a t t h e wicket of current accounts in
a closed envelope bearing the n a m e of the owner, the
number of pieces and a m o u n t of the paper deposited, the
d a t e of maturity, and the cost of collection. Separate
envelopes should be provided for paper to be collected
in t h e same place, paper without charges (sans frais) for
collection in another place, and paper under protest for
collection in another place.
The Bank does not make itself responsible for t h e performance of any formality nor for protested paper payable in t h e locality where the owner is domiciled, nor
does it assume any responsibility in case of t h e loss of
documents which are remitted to it for collection. The
Bank attends t o t h e protest of paper drawn on a different
85519—10

7

97




National

Monetary

Commission

place remitted as protested paper.
protest checks.

The Bank will n o t

These are to be included among t h e

documents described as paper without charges.

The

Bank formerly advised beneficiaries of p a y m e n t s made t o
their credit b y third parties, b u t did not carry out this
formality in regard to payments made for t h e account
of banking and exchange houses.

During t h e year 1908

this rule was m a d e of general application. a

Payments

are required t o be of at least 1,000 francs, b u t various
state

enterprises

are exempt

from

this

requirement.

While scrutinizing as far as possible the regularity of t h e
drafts which it pays, t h e B a n k assumes no responsibility
for t h e genuineness of the signatures.
T h e owners of a current account have the option of
making acceptances payable at t h e office of the b a n k where
the account is kept. An acceptance is m a d e upon an advice
signed b y t h e owner of the current account, which should
reach t h e b a n k at least three days before m a t u r i t y a n d
contain t h e names of t h e drawers and their domicile,
with t h e amount and m a t u r i t y of t h e obligation. Paper
which is paid is returned, upon t h e surrender of a receipt,
at t h e wicket of current accounts. Current accounts
may be canceled b y resolution of t h e council of administration. This measure is taken against holders who do
not conform t o t h e requirements of the rules or who draw
checks or orders without sufficient funds. b
T H E CUSTODY OF SECURITIES.

T h e National Bank of Belgium performs a function
common t o most European banks, which is performed in
<* R a p p o r t : 1909, p. 25.
& Lois Organiques: S t a t u t s : Rkglement d'Ordre Interieur, arts. 26-34.
98




National

Bank

of

Belgium

America chiefly b y safe-deposit companies. This is t h e
guardianship of securities, precious metals, and gold and
silver money in deposit boxes. The manner of dealing
with these deposits differs somewhat in Europe, however,
from t h e method pursued in t h e United States. The
principal differences consist in t h e fact t h a t deposits and
withdrawals are m a d e under t h e eye of t h e bank, and t h e
character and amount of t h e deposits are on record,
instead of being known only t o t h e depositor.
T h e B a n k does not accept deposits in a collective
name, in t h e n a m e of a married woman without separation of property, or for minors or those incapacitated,
except by virtue of special authority. All deposits are
inclosed in metal boxes, closed with a key, and stamped
with t h e seal of t h e depositor. The dimension of t h e
boxes is not permitted to exceed a cubic half meter (about
a half yard) and each such box constitutes for administrative purposes a separate deposit.
At t h e time of t h e creation of t h e deposit t h e agents
charged with this service m a y require the opening of t h e
box which contains it in order t o verify its character. A
record is made in duplicate in a copying book. One copy,
indorsed first b y t h e agent who has received t h e deposit
and then b y t h e chief accountant, is remitted t o t h e
depositor, signed in the n a m e of t h e governor b y t h e
director charged with supervision of this service. The
other copy, indorsed with t h e signature of t h e depositor,
and further protected a t t h e same time b y his seal,
remains on file. Contrary to t h e policy of some E u r o pean banks, these acts or certificates of deposit are not
transferable. T h e bank restores t h e deposit only on pres99




National

Monetary

Commission

entation of the original record and written acknowledgment. It reserves, moreover, the right to make such,
restoration at Brussels or at the branch at Antwerp,
rather than at the agencies.a
The charge for the custody of deposits is levied on an
amount not less than 25,000 francs and is payable in
advance for each six months. The amount is one-half
franc per 1,000 francs, but can not be less than 25 francs.
The number of small depositors is large, the number in
1899 having been 1,024 out of a total number of depositors
of 2,995.b While the deposit vaults are at Brussels, the
agents of the Bank in the provinces have since 1897
received securities for transmission to the head office of
the Bank. Depositors in such cases are required to pay
the costs of carriage and insurance.
The Bank performs not merely the function of custodian, but of collector and administrator of securities in
its custody, as do other European banks. A slight additional charge is made for such services, but they are performed with much saving of labor to the depositor.
Among the services thus performed are the collection of
interest and dividends upon the securities on deposit;
the collection of premiums and the original capital in case
of reimbursement; the ultimate reinvestment of sums
thus collected; payments upon securities not fully paid;
and the purchase of securities to be deposited and the
sale of those already on deposit.
The fact that deposits and withdrawals are recorded
when made enables the Bank to present accurate statistics
o Noel, I, p. 522.
b
Documents Parlementaires: 1 9 0 0 ^ . 4 2 7 .
100




National

Bank

of

Belgium

of the face value of such securities. The amount on account of individual depositors has increased rapidly in
recent years. The following table shows the amount of
such deposits by individuals, with the number of separate
accounts, the number of depositors with a capital less
than 5,000 francs, and the charges collected by the Bank
for the service performed:
Amount and character of safety deposits.

December 3 1 —

1S97
1900
1902
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908

Total
n u m b e r of
depositors.

Declared
value.

Francs.
174, 920, o n
25S.7i5.488
390,762,246
523,790,188
615.088,837
674,085,374
763,713.745
790,884,741
831,031,894

6, 236
7, 124
8,405
9,632
10,649

N u m b e r of
depositors
b e l o w 5,000
francs.

2, 922
3,357
4.045
4,624
5. 152

Amount
collected.

Francs.
i55,45o
203,759
242, 735
275,766
311,068
340,663
399,031
393.444
401,327

The deposits represent a great many varieties of securities. The number at the close of 1904, when the figures
were first included in the annual report, was 2,403, which
increased at the close of 1908 to 3,186.
These voluntary deposits of individuals represent only a
fraction of the amount of securities in the custody of the
National Bank. By far the greater portion of such
deposits comes from various public funds of which the
Bank has been, under various laws, made the legal custodian. Reference to the rapid increase of these deposits and their origin is made in this report in connection
with the services performed by the Bank for the State.
IOI




National

Monetary

Commis

sio

Some idea of t h e increase in the a m o u n t within the brief
interval of ten years m a y be gathered from the following
table:
Deposits of securities by the Government.

December 3 1 —

Deposits in public funds.

Francs.
1900
1902
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908

998 6 2 5 , 4 3 3
995 3 3 0 , 2 2 9
1.784 4 4 9 , 0 5 9
1,859 H 3 , 4 7 i
2,075 088,082
2,083 175,768
1,845 2 0 6 , 8 2 9
1.752 2 9 8 , 0 2 8

MANAGEMENT OF T H E

Securities of
the savings
bank.
Francs.
152,934,897
198,579,470
219,195,095
235,545,265
247,026,600
268,903,352
241,356,868
234,322,680

Official
bonds, etc.

Francs.
13,120,803
13,504,687
13.265,465
11,767,128
12, 0 3 8 , 567
12,049,845
12,790,175
12,598,206

BANK.

The management of t h e National Bank is in the h a n d s
of a governor and six directors/' who make lip the administrative council. The governor is appointed, suspended,
and dismissed by t h e King. The six directors are elected
by the shareholders. The shareholders also elect t h e
council of censors, a supervisory body which inspects t h e
accounts and whose approval is required for i m p o r t a n t
measures of policy.
The governor represents t h e S t a t e in its control over
t h e operations of t h e Bank. H e is appointed for five years
and may be reappointed indefinitely. H e can not be a
member of the legislative body or draw a state pension.
a
The word " d i r e c t o r " (directeur) as used on the Continent does not
mean merely a member of a supervisory board, as in the United States, but
rather an active officer, conforming more to the American term " officer"
or "manager."

102




National

Bank

of

Belgium

He presides in all councils and meetings of the Bank, executes their decisions, and is charged with the enforcement
of the laws and regulations. He has the right to suspend
the taking effect of decisions made by the administrative
council, in order to submit them to the general assembly
of the shareholders, which he may call for urgent emergencies. It is his duty to suspend and report to the Government every act of the council which he deems contrary
to the statutes of the Bank or adverse to the interests of
the State. If the Government, having considered the conclusions reached by the governor, fails to come to a decision
within a fortnight after his protest, the act can be carried
out.
The governor has the casting vote in meetings of the
administrative council. He signs all documents making
engagements for the Bank after they have received the
signatures of the secretary and treasurer, or one director
in lieu of either. He represents the administrative council
in the courts, and also has authority over all the agents
of the Bank, and can suspend them without reference to
the administrative council. He must own 50 shares of the
Bank's stock as security for the performance of his duty.
The King selects a vice-governor from among the directors,
who acts instead of the governor in case of the latter's
absence, incapacity, or suspension.
The six directors are chosen by the general assembly,
and must be Belgian citizens (native-born or naturalized)
and reside in Brussels. They are appointed for six years,
and may be reelected. Each director must own at least
25 shares in the National Bank, and none of them can

103




National

Monetary

Commission

belong to the administrative council of any other bank.
Besides their general functions, each is intrusted with the
control of one department or more of the Bank, and has
authority over the employees under him. Every director
receives a salary of 6,000 francs and has a share in the
profits. The director filling the office of vice-governor has
an extra allowance of 3,000 francs. The administrative
council, consisting of the governor and directors, holds
regular meetings three times a week, and special meetings
whenever necessary. It considers all the concerns of the
Bank, especially the rate on credits and advances, and discount affairs in general, and gives particular attention also
to the purchase of securities and to legal issues in which
the Bank may become involved. Finally, it appoints and
discharges the employees and determines their salaries.
In all matters it advises with the censors.
The censors are named by the general assembly of the
shareholders for terms of three years. They retire in
different years—three going out the first year, two the
second, and two the third. Each censor must have 10
shares of bank stock. They also receive a portion of the
profits. The council of censors meets at the call of the
governor whenever conditions make it desirable, but not
less than once a month. It requires the presence of a
majority of the seven censors to do business. They have
supervision over all transactions, audit the books, and
vote the budget of expenses prepared by the administrative council. They are responsible for modification of
the discount rate and all important matters affecting discounts and advances.

104




National

Bank

of

Belgium

The governor, directors, and censors constitute the
general council, which meets on the last Saturday of each
month. The general council keeps under its cognizance
the situation of the Bank, and acts on all questions submitted to it relating to the laws and regulations. It
apportions the profits, and controls matters relating to
the manufacture and issue of bank notes. It selects a
discount committee from among merchants or old clients,
which examines the paper presented for discount and
determines what to accept and what to reject.
The State designates a government commissioner (whose
salary the bank pays), to exercise the functions of a
comptroller, especially with regard to discounts and the
note circulation. He has the right to look into the business condition of the Bank and to inspect its books. He
has the right to attend meetings of the various boards of
the Bank, including the general assembly, and to speak
at such meetings, but not to vote.
The compensation of the governor, fixed by the King,
is 18,000 francs, but in addition he receives the use of a
fine house, handsomely furnished and heated, with several
employees furnished by the Bank, and a share, with the
directors, in the annual profits. The share allotted to the
governor and directors is 4 per cent of the excess of profits
after the payment of the first dividend of 4 per cent to
the shareholders. The proportion of the profits may
however, by article 61 of the statutes, be limited by vote
of the general assembly to 80,000 francs semiannually for
the board of directors and 17,500 francs for the censors.
The general assembly of the shareholders, which meets
twice a year, or more often if required, consists of those
105




National

Monetary

Commission

shareholders who are owners of at least 10 registered
shares, which must be registered in their names for at
least twenty days before the meeting or be deposited at
the head office of the Bank or at agencies designated by
the directors. As the shares of the Bank sell for about
4,500 francs, a person qualified to vote in the general
assembly must have an investment of the present value of
about 45,000 francs ($8,685). A shareholder can be represented by proxy only by another shareholder entitled to
vote, but associations and corporations may be represented
by a member designated for the purpose and minors and
persons under guardianship by their guardians or trustees.
No one is allowed more than 5 votes as a shareholder,
whatever may be the number of his shares, nor more than
5 votes as attorney, whatever may be the number of his
principals.
The regular meetings of the general assembly take place
on the last Monday of February and the last Monday of
August. The assembly passes upon the balance sheet of
the preceding half year, if necessary, and that of the February meeting receives the report of the directors on the
operations of the previous year ending December 31.
At the August meeting the directors and the censors are
elected who are to take office at the beginning of the following year, and at either of these meetings vacancies
may be filled which have been caused by death, resignation,
or otherwise.
An extraordinary meeting of the general assembly may
be called whenever the administrative council considers
it expedient. Such a special meeting must be called when
it is demanded by the board of censors or by not less than
106




National

Bank

of

Belgium

20 shareholders entitled to vote and also when the number
of directors or the number of censors is reduced to 4.
Such meetings are called by registered letters sent to
shareholders of record having a right to vote at least
fifteen days in advance of the meeting and by publication
in the " Moniteur " and in two other principal daily papers
of Brussels one month before the date of the meeting.
The latter interval may, however, be reduced to fifteen
days, if the general council consider it necessary.
The general assembly may deliberate on subjects set
forth in the notice of the meeting, and which are placed
before them either by the directors or the board of censors,
and also on propositions signed by 5 members which
have been transmitted to the directors at least ten days
before the meeting, to be placed on the order of the day.
Elections and revocations are made by secret ballot. On
other propositions and subjects the voting is done by yeas
and nays. A majority of those voting is required to elect
an officer. Directors or censors can be dismissed only by
a vote of three-quarters of the votes cast, which must
represent at least one-half of the capital stock of the bank. a
The acts of the general assembly are valid only when the
number of shares represented is at least 20,000 out of the
50,000 outstanding. At a meeting where the absence of
a quorum is thus developed it is permissible for the owners
of less than 10 shares to combine and place them in the
charge of shareholders having the right to vote. Resolutions at such meetings must be carried by a vote of at
least two-thirds and are effective only when approved by
the governor.
a

Lois Organiques: Statuts, pp. 36-39.
107




National

Monetary

Commission

In 1898 the number of registered shares was 26,200 and
shares to bearer 23,800. At the close of 1908 the number
registered was 24,221 and the number to bearer was 25,779.
In 1898 the registered shares were divided between 999
owners, of which 673 possessed at least the 10 shares
required to participate in the annual meetings. In 1908
the 24,221 registered shares were distributed between 889
owners, of which 584 possessed at least 10 shares.
INTERNAL ORGANIZATION AND P E R S O N N E L .

Employment in the clerical grades of the National Bank
of Belgium is not remunerated with large salaries, but is
likely to be permanent if the employee is faithful, and is
followed by allowances for old age and retirement after a
certain period of service. In order to enter the employment of the Bank it is necessary to be not less than 18 nor
more than 28 years of age. The applicants must pass an
examination and be in position to furnish the bond required for faithful service. The examination may be dispensed with in the case of graduates of commercial and
consular schools. Preference is given to graduates knowing, in addition to French, the Flemish, English, and German languages, and in those positions involving contact
with the Flemish element of the population, including
Brussels, knowledge of Flemish is required. No one is
promoted to a higher grade unless he has served two years
in his present grade, and no one can attain an increase of
salary until he has served two years at his current rate of
pay when the latter is above 1,800 francs ($347.40); but
these rules may be suspended if the interests of the Bank
require or if exceptional services are to be recompensed.
108




National

Bank

of

Belgium

The council of administration is also authorized to confer
special employments, either temporary or permanent, upon
persons chosen from the ranks of the Bank or from
outsider
Employees who are incapable of fulfilling their functions
by reason of temporary disability, those who have obtained a leave for a long term, those whose places have
been suppressed and to whom a waiting allowance has been
allotted, and those who have been suspended from their
functions by way of discipline, are put in a class known as
the "inactive." Inactivity is limited to two years, but
may in special cases be prolonged to four years by decision
of the council. Those who are on the inactive roll by reason of temporary disability enjoy a compensation of half
their regular salary where they have seen ten years of service or less and three-quarters of their regular salary where
they have seen more than ten years' service. It is left to
the administrative council to fix the waiting salary of those
who are on the inactive list as a measure of discipline.
Employees are not allowed to hold a place outside the
Bank unless by authority of the council of administration.
Absolute secrecy is enjoined upon employees in regard to
all the operations of the establishment. The penalties
provided for violation of the rules of the Bank are the
reprimand, deprivation of salary, suspension of functions,
transfer to the inactive list, reduction by one or several
grades, and dismissal. These penalties can be inflicted
only after the employee has had an opportunity for explanation. b
a Lois Organiques: Statuts, pp. 62-66.
& Ibid., pp. 67-68
109




National

Monetary

Commission

The hours during which the Bank is open to the public
are from 9.30 to 3. The working hours are from 9.30 to 4,
but employees are bound to work longer if the needs of the
service require. Leaves of absence are not ordinarily allowed to exceed two weeks.
The salaries paid to subordinates at the Bank, as already
stated, are small, in accordance with the modest cost of
living in Belgium. The adequacy of these salaries was the
subject of a lively discussion in the Chamber of Deputies
pending the renewal of the charter in 1900. An amendment was offered by M. Bertrand, proposing that the Bank
should establish a scale of salaries which should be submitted for approval to the Minister of Finance and Public
Works and that no salary should be less than 1,200 francs
($231.60) per year. It was further provided that active
collectors should draw from 1,800 to 2,100 francs and that
the minimum for employees in the bureaus should be 1,500
francs.^ This amendment was ultimately rejected by a
vote of 19 in the affirmative and 61 in the negative, but the
discussion threw some interesting light on the position and
compensation of various classes of employees. The Socialist members made themselves champions of the minor employees of the Bank and pointed out the difficulty of living
on the modest allowances which they received.
M. Defnet declared that the National Bank recruited a
certain number of its collectors from former subaltern
officers of the army, who gave up their posts after an experience of eight years without any trade or position and
became applicants for places on the police or at the Bank.
These young men, he declared, who had practically been
o Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, sitting of February 9, p . 727.
no




National

Bank

of

Belgium

employed for sixteen years in the army, knew nothing
of civil life. They are thoroughly disciplined by long
service in the regiment and the Bank seeks them out and
offers them the place of a collector at an average of 70
francs per month, the minimum which is guaranteed. M.
Defnet read a letter from one of these employees, declaring that their situation was far from being brilliant or enviable. Entering the service as supernumeraries at 4
francs per day with a minimum pay assured of 70 francs
($13.51) per month, they obtained after two years an increase of 50 centimes per day and a minimum of 80 francs
($15.46) per month. After five years they are accorded 5
francs per day, with a minimum of 90 francs per month.
At the end of five years' apprenticeship of this sort they
became collectors of the second class at 1,400 francs
($270.20) per year, where they remained for six years before obtaining 1,600 francs, and another six years before
being promoted to the first class with 1,800 francs. M.
Defnet continued by referring to the brigadiers, who superintend the collectors, who might at the end of twenty-five
years of service draw 2,400 francs ($463.20). These employees, he declared, were daily in contact with the public,
which subjected them to expenses greater than those of
other employees or laborers, including being well clothed
and wearing clean linen. Continuing, M. Defnet exclaimed :
"Do you believe, gentlemen, that it is easy to live a t
Brussels, where the cost of living is so high, where rents
are at unapproachable figures, on 70 francs per month?
Do you believe that it is possible, with such a salary, to
honestly support a family? And even this monthly salary
in




National

Monetary

Commission

of 70 to 80 francs they do not always receive, for here is
what I find in the rules regarding the collectors of the
Bank:<*
" ' Errors of calculation, the acceptance of money which
is not legal tender, bills torn or valueless, shall be charged
to them/
"The fund for these collectors is not available for errors
below 25 francs, and it is these errors which are most
numerous."
It developed during the debate that the limitation authorized by article 61 of the statutes, by which the share
of the profits allotted to the directors might be limited
to 80,000 francs for each six months, had not been put in
operation. It was stated that the governor at that time
received 50,000 francs as his share of the annual profits,
making with his salary of 18,000 francs a total compensation of 68,000 francs ($13,124) in addition to his handsome habitation—furnished, heated, and lighted. The
vice-governor received 47,000 francs, each of the directors
44,000 francs, and the censors 7,500 francs.
It was suggested by the representatives of the Government that the adequacy of the salaries paid was demonstrated by the ability of the Bank to obtain all the help
it needed in competition with the joint-stock and private
banks and other employments. It was declared also by
M. Liebaert, Minister of Railways, Posts, and Telegraph,
that there was a fund of 73,000 francs for making up losses
on the part of the collectors to the amount of 50 per cent
where such losses were above 20 francs. It would not do,
said M. Delbeke, to hold the employees entirely free from
a Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, p. 737.
112




National

Bank

of

Belgium

responsibility for losses, because it would impair their vigilance. M. Delbeke declared also that he did not claim
perfection for the entire mechanism of the Bank and that
a project for the improvement of the position of the employees was in course of preparation. This declaration
was greeted with derision from the Socialist benches, and
it was said by M. Bertrand that it recalled the old sign of
the barber, "Free shaves to-morrow." a
The promise of M. Delbeke was not carried out on a large
scale at that time, but in recent years better care has been
taken' of the employees and the Bank has extended the
insurance fund for retirement and old age. For several
years small amounts were set aside for this purpose, reaching during the first six months of 1906, 31,246 francs
($6,000). At the close of 1906, however, it was recommended that out of the abundant earnings of the Bank
a sum should be set aside of 250,000 francs for the extension of institutions of insurance and old age. It was stated
in the annual report for 1906 that the organization of such
a fund among the personnel of the Bank extended back
to 1880, but so numerous, varied, and unforseen had been
the necessities, which the Bank could not afford to disregard in a personnel of 695 employees, that the fund previously provided was incapable of taking charge of the
widows, orphans, and employees. The administration had
never failed to meet such emergencies, but had met them
chiefly from general resources. It was recommended that
a permanent fund be established and for this purpose the
sum of 250,000 francs was allotted for the second half of
the year 1906.
« Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, p. 745.
85519—10

8

113




N a ti o n a I

Monetary

Commission

The report for 1907 declared that the council of administration had been pursuing the study of the reorganization
and extension of the insurance institutions and had reached
a rational solution of the question. From January 1, 188oy
to December 31, 1907, it was announced that the force of
the central administration of the branch at Antwerp had
been affiliated with a tontine insurance institution, main*
tained by the deduction of 4 per cent from salaries and by
an equal grant on the part of the Bank. This organization settled only imperfectly the question of retirement,
because the fund conferred on its participants only the
prospects of an indeterminate allotment, which it was inconvenient to reduce to definiteness. It was better,
evidently, to substitute for this condition the certainty of
a retirement pension bearing some relation to the position
which the employee had occupied at the Bank. The same
uncertainty existed in the case of death of an employee
in relation to his widow and children. The new organization, however, permitted the employees to depend in
advance on the allotments which would fall to them at
the time of retirement and gave them the assurance that,
if they died before or after retirement, their widows and
children should be beyond the reach of want. The fundamental character of the new institution, embracing not
only the entire personnel of the central administration
and of the branch at Antwerp, but also the agents in the
provinces and their employees, was as follows:
" 1. Every functionary or employee has the right, at the
age of retirement, to a life pension equal to two-thirds of
his final salary.

114




National

Bank

of

Belgium

li

2. The death of an agent confers on his widow t h e
right to the immediate enjoyment of a life pension, representing an important percentage of the pension of t h e
husband.
" 3 . Every orphan of t h e father or mother less t h a n 18
years of age, receives a temporary allowance u p t o 18
years, equal to 300 or 500 francs."
I n order to assure the regular working of the new institution, t h e general council of the Bank did not hesitate t o
vote a subvention, to be included in general expenses,
which might reach 10 per cent of t h e total a m o u n t of
wages and salaries. In order to anticipate demands upon
the fund after J a n u a r y 1, 1908, extraordinary grants
were made, rising to a total of 1,000,000 francs. a This
sum wras m a d e up of the allotment for the second half of
1906 of 250,000 francs; the first half of 1907, 400,000
francs; and the second half of 1907, 350,000 francs. The
regular allotments for the two half years of 1907 h a d risen
respectively t o 33,933 francs and t o 34,645 francs. Under
the working of the new plan, however, these allotments
were increased for the first half of 1908 to 123,421 francs
and the second half of 1908 to 130,836 francs, making a
total for the year of 254,257 francs ($49,000). b
BRANCHES AND DISCOUNT OFFICES.
The system of branches of the National Bank of Belgium is of a distinctive character.

There is, strictly

speaking, b u t one actual branch of the central institution
a

Rapport, sur les operations de Tannee, 1907, pp. 25-27.
& Rapport, 1908, Resume du compte de Profits et Pertes.

"5




National

Monetary

Commission

a t Brussels. This branch is located at Antwerp, t h e chief
commercial city of Belgium. The scope of the activities
of the Bank, however, is far from being limited to these
two establishments. There are 39 agencies, with which
are associated, to the number of thirty, w h a t are known
as discount offices (comptoirs d'escompte). These discount offices act as guarantors for much of the paper discounted by t h e Bank. They are usually private partnerships (societes en nom collectif), b u t they m a y be constit u t e d under several other forms, as joint-stock companies
or even as cooperative companies. I t was declared, in
t h e replies of t h e Government to certain questions of t h e
central committee of t h e chambers, in 1899, t h a t there
existed no definite requirement as to form in the organization of t h e comptoirs, b u t t h a t t h e administration of t h e
Bank was bound to determine if t h e form proposed would
afford t h e necessary guaranties. In one case at least a
corporation—the Bank of Flanders—had performed t h e
functions of a discount office at Ghent, during a considerable p e r i o d s The character of business done b}^ these
offices is thus defined b y M. des Essars: 6
" U n d e r t h e n a m e of comptoirs d'escompte (discount
bureaus), associations of persons are permitted b y t h e
general council to discount such paper as is specified b y
the regulations of the Bank a t rates and under conditions
prescribed by t h e general council. T h e paper admitted
b y t h e comptoirs is indorsed t o t h e Bank direct. Each
comptoir is held responsible; so t h a t bad paper is returned
t o t h e bureau from which it emanated, and which has to
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 194.
& A History of Banking in all the Leading Nations, I I I , p. 272.
116




National

Bank

of

Belgium

make good the amount. The individuals associated in
the comptoir receive a commission on paper that they
discount to remunerate them for their trouble and reward
them for the risk they take. The commissions are
determined by special arrangements. In general, the
discount bureaus are located at the agencies of the Bank,
the agents lending them half of their offices for their
discount business and their bookkeeping."
A form of bond (cautionnement) is required in most
cases from the discount office. This bond is fixed, not
by any rigid rule, but according to circumstances. The
Bank, in fixing the bond, takes into consideration the
importance of the business of the discount offices, the
nature of the security, and the solvency of the parties.
The form of contract between the comptoir and the Bank
sets forth in considerable detail the obligations imposed
on both sides. The National Bank submits to the examination of the comptoir all the paper which may be presented for discount at the agency with which the comptoir
is connected. The comptoir undertakes to examine and
appraise such paper and to guarantee that the Bank
shall be subjected to no loss on paper discounted through
its intervention. The comptoir is required to restrict
the paper dealt with to the requirements of the statutes
of the Bank. Discounts are granted provisionally by the
agents of the Bank, subject to admission by the comptoir. The discount of a given piece of paper becomes
definitive only if it is not returned within one day by the
Bank. The Bank has the right to suspend or limit the
operations of a comptoir. The comptoir admits foreign
drafts only upon the authority of the Bank. It admits
paper of which one of the required signatures comes from
117




N a t tonal

Monetary

Commission

a member of the comptoir only after authorization by
the Bank.
There is allotted to the comptoir as remuneration for
its management and guarantee a commission on the
product of discount, which is fixed at one-quarter up to
the rate of 4 per cent; one-eighth upon the excess of the
rate above 4 per cent up to 5 per cent. Nothing is allowed
beyond 5 per cent.
To relieve the Bank of clerical expenses and rent which
it assumes for the comptoir, the Bank retains 20 per cent
of the commission.
The comptoir is required to admit the agent of the Bank
to all its meetings, and to consider his observations,
which he may require to be entered in the records. The
Bank places its documents at the disposition of the
comptoir, but does not assume responsibility for them.
Paper admitted by the comptoir which is not paid at
maturity, or which is sent back by the Bank, shall be
immediately reimbursed to the agency of the Bank.
The 39 agencies of the Bank are presided over by
agents, who are appointed by the King because they are
recognized as responsible for the administration of the
public funds as well as those of the Bank. The Government has required the establishment of agencies where it
has judged suitable with reference to the movement of
public funds, and in some cases where the Bank has not
found it advisable to establish a discount office. These
agents are required to reside in the locality where the
agency is established. They look only to the governor of
the Bank for their orders/' They are forbidden to carry
on any business foreign to the management of their
a

Lois Organiques: Statuts, p. 103.
118




National

Bank

of

Belgium

agency and can not accept any function without the
express authority of the council of administration of the
Bank. They are divided into three classes, those of the
first class receiving salaries ranging from 12,000 to 15,000
francs ($2,895), those of the second class from 9,000 to
12,000 francs ($2,316), and those of the third class from
6,000 to 9,000 francs ($1,737). An allotment for expenses
is made by the council of administration of the Bank.
Every agent is required to submit all his books, accounts,
and cash and to give all desired information to any delegate of the central administration who may appear with
proper credentials to make an inspection.
The business done by the comptoirs represents a considerable proportion, but not the major part, of the business of the Bank. The 30 comptoirs are located at the
principal towns of Belgium and practically extend the
facilities of the Bank throughout the Kingdom. The
places at which agencies of the Bank were established at
the close of 1908 were the following, those where there
was no comptoir being in italics:
Agencies of the National Bank of Belgium.
[Italics denote absence of a comptoir.]

Alost.
Arlon.
Ath.
Audenarde.
Boom.
Bruges.
Charier oi.
Courtrai.
Dinant.
Kecloo.
Fumes.
Gand.
Grammont

Hasselt.
Huy.
La Louviere.
Liege.
Lou vain.
M alines.
Marche.
Mons.
Namur.
Neuf chateau.
Nivelles.
Ostende.
Peruwelz.
119

Philippeville.
Renaix.
Routers.
Saint-Nicolas.
Soignies.
Termonde.
Tirlemont.
Tongres.
Tournai.
Turnhout.
Venders.
Wavre.

Ypres.




National

Monetary

Commission

T h e proportion of business done through t h e comptoirs
has not changed radically in recent years, b u t t h e discounts granted at Brussels have declined in importance in
comparison with those granted at t h e branch a t Antwerp.
The changes in t h e ratio of business done at t h e branch a t
Antwerp and a t other offices of t h e Bank is indicated in
t h e table below:
Discount

at the branches

and discount

offices, iooo,

1904, and

1008.

1900.
Source of discounts.

Number of
bills.

Amount.

Percentage.

Francs.
At comptoirs
At the branch
At Brussels

1,958,478
240,824
1,576,821

1, 1 6 5 , 6 8 4 , 3 3 8
442,607,931
1, 1 4 1 , 4 1 6 , 3 5 8

42. 4
16. 1

1,106,975,150

38.8
33-7
37.5

41.5

1904.
2, 1 0 1 , 0 1 9

At the branch
At Brussels

312,462

i.657,535

6 7 7 , 4 2 3 , 204
1,071,037,539

1908.
At comptoirs __
At the branch _
At Brussels

2,335,878
382,500
1,708,271

,340,486,433
957,258,367
758,150,488

43-9
31.3
24.8

CHANGES IN CAPITAL AND SURPLUS.
T h e original capital of t h e National Bank of Belgium,
as fixed in t h e law of 1850, was 25,000,000 francs ($4,825,000), divided into 25,000 shares of 1,000 francs each.
This was increased in 1872 t o 50,000,000 francs. I t was
declared b y t h e Minister of Finance, in submitting his
project for t h e renewal of t h e charter in December, 1898,




National

Bank

of

Belgium

t h a t it did not seem necessary to authorize a further increase of capital. The a m o u n t of real capital available,
if t h e reserve fund were included, was already more t h a n
76,000,000 francs and was subject to annual increments
of increase. To increase t h e legal capital would be to
divert from employment which might be more useful
funds upon which, if they were thus employed, t h e Bank
would be obliged to earn a dividend. 0 I t was pointed out
in t h e report of M. Delbeke t h a t a b a n k of circulation does
not require so large a capital in proportion to liabilities as
is required in banks of discount. I n early b a n k s of deposit t h e capital played t h e role of a guaranty. I n b a n k s
of discount also t h e capital served for advances and was
t h e basis for banking operations. If they were large, it
was necessary t h a t t h e capital should also be large. Industrial b a n k s relied upon their capital to sustain their
varied enterprises. B u t it was otherwise with a b a n k of
issue. Such a b a n k does not discount with its capital,
b u t offsets its discounts b y notes payable on demand.
T h e capital is not, it was contended, t h e basis of t h e operations of t h e National B a n k ; it serves only as an insurance
fund against miscalculations in t h e acceptance of paper
for discount.
T h e argument of t h e government on this subject was
set forth more fully in t h e report m a d e t o t h e Senate b y
t h e Chevalier Descamps. This report declared: b
" T h e share capital of a b a n k of issue m a y properly be
modest without harming its credit, because its role is
secondary, subsidiary, and so to speak contingent. On
a Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 9.
6 Ibid., pp. 381-383.

121




National

Monetary

Commission

t h e one hand, t h e wise limits imposed upon t h e policy of
a b a n k of issue exclude from t h e scope of its operations t h e
more compromising of banking operations. On t h e other
hand, t h e activities of a b a n k of issue do not have t h e
share capital as t h e basis of operations. I t concerns itself
especially with t h e exchange of notes at sight against
securities of equal value, quickly convertible, which fill
t h e assets of t h e b a n k to just t h e extent t h a t notes are
issued and which are regularly called upon, b y their
graduated maturities, to provide a succession of repayments.
" The discount-issuing machine being in motion, t h e capital is called upon only to provide eventually for advances
from the assets, rare and generally unimportant, for
short anticipations of maturities and m o m e n t a r y congestions of circulation, which do not ordinarily occur in a
sudden manner, which m a y be conjured or modified b y
m a n y measures, which constitute a serious and constant
care, rather t h a n an accident compromising to the life of
t h e institution.
" T h e soundness of a b a n k of issue reposes then essentially not upon its capital, b u t upon t h e quality of t h e
securities which have found a place in its assets as a count e r p a r t of the notes. Its credit arises from t h e n a t u r e of
its operations and t h e prudence of its administrators in
conforming their management t o these requirements."
This argument was carried further t h a n t h e Governm e n t wished in t h e discussions in t h e chambers, b y t h e
proposal of Professor Denis, t h a t t h e capital should be
reduced t o 25,000,000 francs, where it stood in 1872, and
t h a t t h e reserve fund (or surplus) should be distributed at
122




National

Bank

of

Belgium

once to the shareholders. Future losses, Professor Denis
proposed, should be met from an insurance fund, to be
constituted by a levy upon the annual profits of an
amount not exceeding three times the ascertained losses
upon the average of the years 1872 to 1898, which he
computed at about one-thirtieth of 1 per cent (0.034)
annually. a M. Denis denied that anything in the risks
involved justified the doubling of the capital in 1872. The
impairments of the portfolio of discounts figured, for the
entire period which had elapsed, at a little more than
5,000,000 francs, or something like 9 to 10 centimes per
100 francs of securities discounted. The profits had in no
case suffered; whence it followed that the doubling of the
capital was not justified according to the laws of 1850 or
1872 as interpreted by M. Frere-Orban himself, who
assigned to capital simply the role of guaranteeing the
Bank against the impairment of discounts, The consequences of doubling the capital had been to double the
amount of dividends. From an average of 3,075,000
francs ($593,500) prior to 1872 they had become about
6,000,000 francs ($1,158,000).b
It was frankly admitted by M. Delbeke, the reporter
for the Government, that a capital of 75,000,000 francs
(including reserve funds) was not indispensable, but he
did not consider prudent the reduction of the amount,
because the Bank was charged with the service of the
public treasury and of the savings banks, and in these
relations was the custodian of several hundreds of millions.
He opposed, however, the increase of the capital, which
a Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, p. 459,
&Ibid., p. 466.

123




N a tio nal

Monetary

Commission

some were urging in order to make the Bank a more
impressive figure midst the private institutions of large
resources which had grown up around it. He declared
that the object of the capital was to separate private from
public credit. It was necessary that it be sufficient to
give to private interest the power to resist the injurious
interference of the State and large enough to fulfill the
guaranties, both principal and accessory, which a bank
of issue took upon itself in every country; but any increase
beyond these requirements would lock up needlessly capital which, if left at liberty, would find a more useful
employment in the industrial and commercial activity of
the country. 0
It was provided by the law of May 5, 1850, that at
least one-third of the annual profits in excess of 6 per cent
of capital should be employed in building up a reserve.
This proportion to be set aside from profits was reduced
by the law of May 20, 1872, to 15 per cent of the profits
in excess of 6 per cent. A still further change was made
by the law of March 26, 1900, reducing to 10 per cent of
excess profits the amount required to be covered annually
into the reserve, but providing that such distribution
should begin after the payment of a dividend of 4 per
cent.6
These reductions in the proportion of profits required
to be set aside to the reserve fund were justified, in the
opinion of the Belgian lawmakers, by the rapid accumulation of the reserve and the experience of the small demands
which were made upon it. The reserve had risen at the
close of 1871 to 14,491,547.20 francs, which was then
— 4

a

Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, pp. 271-272.
& Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 583.
124

.




National

Bank

of

Belgium

required to be invested exclusively in public funds.
These funds were carried at first at the purchase price.
A change was made during the year 1872 by which the
appreciation of these securities was recognized by calculating them at the actual quotations on the Bourse. At
the end of 1872, with this change of valuation and the
accretions of the year, the value of the reserve fund stood
at 20,269,075 francs ($3,811,400).
It was accordingly decided that the increase of capital
authorized by the new charter of 1872 should be obtained
to the amount of 12,500,000 francs by transferring this
amount from the reserve fund to capital. This reduced
the reserve by a corresponding amount, but left it at the
end of 1873, with the profits of that year, at 7,671,842
francs. Further increases carried the amount upward by
an average of about 700,000 francs annually until it stood
at the close of 1887 at 20,199,422 francs.0
The decision made in the enactment of the new charter
in 1900, not to provide for any increase of capital, prevented any radical change in the status of the reserve.
The additional share given to the Government in the net
earnings in 1900 was, however, made retroactive for the
year 1899. It was declared, in the concluding article of
the law of March 26, 1900, that the Bank should pay into
the treasury from its reserve fund the amount necessary
to bring up its payments for 1899 to the requirements of
the new law and that the amount thus paid from the
reserve should be restored in installments levied upon
subsequent earnings.
In pursuance of these requirements the Bank paid over
to the treasury a sum of 1,487,258 francs ($287,000), but
a

Noel, Les Banques d'Emission en Europe, I, pp. 544-545.
125




N a tional

Monetary

Commission

t h e regular addition made by the Bank to its reserve at
t h e close of the year 1900 was 846,092 francs, and a special
addition was made by way of restitution to the a m o u n t of
350,000 francs, leaving the reserve at the close of 1900 at
27,629,794 francs ($5,332,000), or less t h a n 300,000 francs
below the amount at which it originally stood at the close
of 1899.^
The Bank keeps invested in securities an a m o u n t which
is practically equal to the whole of the capital and reserve, b u t t h e entire a m o u n t — a b o u t 85,000,000 francs
($16,400,000)—is a small proportion of t h e total assets of
t h e banking department, which stood on December 31,
1908, a t 1,019,461,475 francs ($196,760,000). The amount
held in public funds which is not set aside for the reserve
is treated as p a r t of the general assets of the Bank and is
not charged distinctively against the capital. The annual
reports give in detail the public funds held outside the
reserve, b u t not in all cases t h e composition of the reserve
itself. The funds t h u s held in both accounts at t h e close
of 1900 were classified, a t par value, as follows:
Investments in public

funds.
General investments.

Class of funds.

Belgian 214 percents
Belgian 3 percents:
First series
Second series
Third series
Annuity Bank 3 percents
Annuity Bank 4 percents
Society of Communal Credit 3 percents.
Local railway guaranteed 3 percents

Reserve
fund.

Francs.
6, 656,300

Francs.
7,347.5oo

8,800,200
34,100,600
6 , 3 1 1 , 500

1,735.700
r,801,800
122,IOO
641,500
256,460
17,000,000
1 , 0 9 5 . 400

o Rapport: 1900, p. 22.
126




National

Bank

of

Belgium

T h e general investment fund kept in securities has not
been changed in character or a m o u n t for a series of years.
While t h e reserve fund has grown, its composition is dismissed in t h e report for 1908 with t h e statement t h a t it
consists of "Belgian and foreign securities representing a
capital of 35,545,165 francs ($6,860,000)/ J The reserve
fund, in spite of deductions for losses from time t o time
advanced from 20,199,422 francs at the close of 1887 to
27,920,960 francs a t t h e close of 1899; 31,150,684 francs
a t t h e close of 1904; 32,203,509 francs at t h e close of
1905; 33,261,375 francs a t t h e close of 1906; 34,389,700
francs a t t h e close of 1907; and 35,545,165 francs a t t h e
close of 1908.
EARNINGS AND DIVIDENDS.

The National Bank has earned a fair rate of profit upon
its capital since its foundation. The net profits above cost
of operation have been applied in p a r t to t h e increase of
t h e reserve, in p a r t to the p a y m e n t of taxes and charges t o
the State, and in p a r t to t h e p a y m e n t of dividends t o
shareholders. The cost of administration has steadily
grown, largely as the result of the services performed
gratuitously for the treasury and the National Savings
Bank, which have greatly expanded in recent years. The
details of these financial obligations to the S t a t e will be
discussed under a separate head. How rapid has been t h e
increase in total operations, in cost of administration, and
how heavily t h e payments to t h e State have borne upon
t h e net earnings remaining for distribution, is indicated
by t h e table following.

127




National

Monetary
Earnings

Year.

and cost of operation.

Movement of
operations.

Francs.
1892
1897
1902

1907

Commission

18,864,409.343
23,880,970,766
31,490,349,019
3 2 , 179, 502, 121
36,085,207,044
40,424,814,815
45.034,519.641
51,162,602,291
50,804,771,498

Cost of
administration.

Gross
product.

Francs.

Francs.

10,789,230
12,665,355
17.585.180
16,662,898
i8,395,748
18,498,899
19, 7 0 4 . 4 0 9
21,122,923
20,639,024

2,235,583
2 , 4 3 1 , 279
3,010,323
3, 230,098
3,399.153
3,651,852
3 , 9 4 i , 717
3,887,953
4,026,968

Net earnings,
after deducting taxes, depreciation, etc.
Francs.
6,454,679
7. 5 4 5 . 7 2 0
10,458,703
1 1 , 0 4 1 , 731
n.375.075
1 1 , 5 4 1 , 778
11,792,181
1 2 , 5 4 1 , 791
12,541,964

The net profits and dividends during the earlier history
of the Bank, and the percentage of dividends paid to the
actual prices of issue of the stock, appear in the following
tabled
Annual

1852
1855
i860
1865
1870
1871
1874
1875
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887

profits and dividends,

1852-1887.

N e t profits.

A m o u n t of
dividend.

Francs.
2,193.566
2,915,927
3,765,467
3,979,456
4, 1 1 7 . 9 8 5
6,066,552
9,416,652
8,213,647
7,182,134
8,551,104
10, 0 4 7 , 239
8, 7 2 7 , 3 8 7
7,820,368
7,455,26r
7 , 0 9 1 , 232
7, 728, i n

Francs.
1,675,000
2, 0 3 1 , 250
2.743,75o
2 , 9 9 3 , 75o
3,262,500
3,956,250
6,583,750
5,980,000
5,250,000
6,000,000
6,825,000
6,100,000
5,600,000
5,400,000
5,200,000
5, 5 5 0 , 0 0 0

a Noel, L e s B a n q u e s d'Amission en B u r o p e , I, p . 542.

P e r c e n t a g e of
dividend to
issue p r i c e
of s t o c k .

6. 70
8.125
10.975
H-975
13.050
15-825
13-1675
1 1 . 96
10. 50
12. 00
13-65
12. 20
1 1 . 20
10. 80
10. 40
1 1 . 10




National

Bank

of

Belgium

Up to the renewal of the charter in 1900, the distribution of dividends had rarely exceeded 6,000,000 francs
($1,158,000). Even this allotment to shareholders was
the subject of severe criticism from the Socialist benches
in the Chamber of Deputies and a merit was made by the
Government of its proposals, by which a larger share of
earnings was to go into the public treasury and the proportion of earnings going to shareholders was to be reduced.
There were protests from some of the Socialist members
against giving the Bank more than a fixed interest upon
its capital. It was contended by Professor Denis that the
risk involved was small and that the return upon the
investment was excessively larger M. Bertrand offered
an amendment guaranteeing an interest of 5 per cent
during the thirty years of the proposed new charter, and
declared that it was a very handsome minimum compensation to an idle capital which was exposed to not the
slightest risk. The surplus of profits, which had already
risen above 4,000,000 francs for the year 1908, he proposed
should be paid every year into an old age pension fund for
laborers. 6 In response to these contentions, M. Liebaert,
Minister of Industry and Labor, maintained that the real
dividend under the new charter would not exceed 6.55
per cent upon the value of capital and surplus. He disclaimed computations based upon the market value of the
shares, which would have afforded a still lower rate of
return, but took the value of the property in case of liquidation by adding the surplus to the paid-up capital. He
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, pp. 76-81.
b Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, p . 535.

85519—10

9

129




National

Monetary

Commission

justified the continuance of an elastic dividend rate in the
following terms: a
" I repeat what I said last week—is there any hope, seeking all around us, of finding a private corporation which
would agree to establish a bank of issue under the conditions stipulated by the pending bill, with the expectation
of a return of 6.55 per cent? For my part, I believe that
it would be an absolutely useless effort, and this simple
observation answers everything which has been said in
favor of amendments proposing other systems of division
of profits."
While the growth in the business of the Bank resulted
in higher profits in later years than were generally calculated upon in the discussion of 1900, the share of the State,
including both special taxes and division of profits, exceeded the amount allotted to shareholders in dividends
by more than 50 per cent even in 1907. The large amount
paid into the treasury at that time was derived from the
excess of the discount rate above 2>% P e r cent, all of which
went to the State. The dividends paid to shareholders in
1907, which were the largest ever paid up to that date,
were 8,300,000 francs ($1,602,000); the amount paid into
the public treasury was 12,721,111 francs ($2,455,000).
How these dividends have increased in recent years, in
spite of the large proportion of earnings taken by the State,
appears in the following table:
o Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, p. 544.

130




National

Bank

of

Dividends distributed,

1892
1897
1898
1899

Belgium

1892-1908.
Amount of
dividend.

Rate per
share.

Francs.

Per cent.

4,850,000

9- 70

5,450,000

10. 9 0

5, 5 0 0 , 0 0 0

11. 0 0

6,050,000

12. 10

1900

7, 0 5 0 , 0 0 0

14. 10

1901

7, 3 0 0 , 0 0 0

14. 6 0

1902

7,400,000

14. 8 0

1903

7,500,000

15.00

1904

7,600,000

15- 2 0

1905

7, 700, 0 0 0

15.40

1906

7,650,000

15.70

1907

8, 3 0 0 , 0 0 0

16. 6 0

1908

8,300,000

16. 6 0

SHARE OF THE STATE IN THE PROFITS OF THE BANK.

The proportion of the earnings of the National Bank of
Belgium taken by the Government is large, but not larger
than at some other European banks under the latest revisions of their charters. As the provisions of the charter
on this subject are somewhat intricate it may afford a view
of their general scope, before taking them up in detail, to
give the summary made by the present writer elsewhere:a
" Under the extension of the charter in 1872 the Bank
was required to pay a patent tax on the gross volume of
business, a stamp tax on its notes, and a tax of one-quarter
of 1 per cent semiannually on the excess of the circulation
above 275,000,000 francs. These provisions were continued by the law of March 26, 1900. The other principal
taxes levied by the law7 of 1872 were one-quarter of the
net profits of the bank above 6 per cent and on discounts
a History of Modern Banks of Issue: 1909, p . 284.

131




National

Monetary

Commission

the entire excess of receipts above a rate of 5 per cent.'*
These two limits were radically changed in 1900. Henceforth one-quarter of the profits was to go to the State after
4 per cent had been distributed to the shareholders and
all profits obtained from a discount rate above 3 X P e r c e n t
were to find their way into the public treasury." 6
These taxes were the subject of careful discussion by
the Government in presenting the project for the renewal
of the charter in 1898, because it was anticipated that they
would be attacked by the Socialist members of the chambers. In the statement of reasons for the government
project submitted by the Minister of Finance the right
of the State to impose a special tax upon the earnings of
the Bank was based upon the argument that "the profits
of the bank are derived solely from the privilege granted
to it of issuing notes which are received in the offices of
the Treasury." Discussing the best means of levying the
share of the State, the minister continued as follows:c
"To levy directly upon the profits resulting from issue
would appear at first to be the most rational system. It
is the principle by virtue of which the State, after a preliminary allotment to the share capital, assumes for itself a
portion of the net profit of the Bank. Would it not be
suitable either to increase this proportion or to collect a
share in the gross profits on productive operations, saving
the right to abandon the benefits of half of 1 per cent on the
credit circulation exceeding 275,000,000 francs?
" A profound examination led the Government to recognize that if, on the one hand, the reform should result in the
a Noel, I, p . 563.
6 Bulletin de Statistique, April, 1900, X L V I I , p . 422.
c Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 16.
132




National

Bank

of

Belgium

abolition of a combination whose conception is more or less
tainted with empiricism, it would result, on the other hand,
according to every probability, in a considerable reduction
of the receipts of the State in the future. It is sufficient to
cast a glance over the following table to note that the
profits of the Bank, far from following the regular ascending course of the circulation and of the tax of one-half of i
per cent, scarcely maintain themselves:
"Proceeds of tax on circulation.

Net profits.

Francs.
7, 455,018
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
189s
1896
1897

8, 183,073
8, 090,981
7. 363, 962
6,454,697
6,454,695
6,454,688
6, 182, 132
7,000,418
7,545,720

Average
amount of circulation.

Francs.
361,030,000
363, 258,910
382,509,680
391, 080, 660
405,862,150
411, 887, 150
429,358,450
450,413,100
451,708,950
476,654,470

Increase over
previous year.

Francs.
2, 228, 910
19,050, 770
8,770,980
14, 781,490
6,025,000
17,471,300
21,054, 650
1, 295,850
24,945,520

Amount of
tax on excess circulation.

Francs.
413,000
418,961
518,138
555,977
633, n o
660,664
748,739
851, 173
858,354
977,967

A further table, submitted by the minister upon the estimated increase in circulation of the ten years ending with
1908, showed a steady increase in the amount of the circulation with a corresponding increase in the tax collected.
The estimated increase was from an average of 486,000,000
francs in 1898 to 611,000,000 francs in 1908. This estimate has been exceeded by the actual movement of the
circulation. Commenting upon these estimates, the Minister of Finance declared that the maintenance of the
clause imposing a duty upon the circulation was eminently
favorable to the State, because it guaranteed to the treas133




National

Mo net ar y

Commission

u r y a sure return, whatever might be t h e net profits realized b y t h e Bank. " H o w e v e r reduced those profits m a y
b e , " he declared, " i t none t h e less remains t r u e t h a t t h e
privilege of issue constitutes a source of profit t o t h e
Bank."
Turning to t h e i m p o r t a n t provision allotting a share in
t h e net profits of t h e Bank to t h e Government, the minister declared t h a t if it was just t h a t in r e t u r n for t h e
privilege of note issue the S t a t e should obtain a share in
t h e profits, it was also equitable to leave t o t h e shareholders a revenue in proper proportion to the employment
of their money and to t h e services which t h e Bank was
called upon to render. By t h e law of 1850 t h e allotment
of dividends to the shareholders, before t h e participation
of t h e S t a t e in t h e profits, was 6 per cent, and t h e a m o u n t
of t h e participation of t h e S t a t e above this dividend was
one-sixth. As pointed out in t h e Senate report of t h e
Chevalier Descamps, the lightness of t h e t a x was based
upon t h e fact t h a t the future of t h e institution was n o t
yet firmly established. By the law of 1872 t h e limit of
t h e dividend allotted to the shareholders before t h e participation of t h e S t a t e was left a t 6 per cent. The share
of t h e S t a t e above t h a t amount, however, was increased
from one-sixth to one-quarter. This increase was considered in a measure as a compensation to the treasury
for t h e fact t h a t the increase of t h e capital from 25,000,000
francs t o 50,000,000 francs would require a larger a m o u n t
for dividends to the shareholders and would therefore
reduce t h e amount from which t h e share of t h e S t a t e
would be derived. W i t h a capital of 25,000,000 francs,
t h e sum of 1,500,000 francs would be required for a divi134




National

Bank

of

Belgium

dend of 6 per cent, while with the enlarged capital the
dividend would require 3,000,000 francs.
A much more radical proposal was brought forward by
the Government in 1898. This was in effect that the
dividend allotted to the shareholders before division
with the State should be reduced from 6 per cent to 4 per
cent. The essential reason assigned by the Minister of
Finance for this change, was the decline which had
occurred since 1872 in the rate for the loan of capital. It
was declared in the Senate report that the grant made to
the State of an increased share in the profits was the more
remarkable, as the general dividends of the shareholders
of the Bank were inferior to the average of dividends
declared in similar industries in the country. " I t is not
without interest to recall,'' declared the report, " t h a t the
actual quotations of the shares of the Bank are very near
the level of those of 1872, while from 1850 to 1872 there
was a considerable advance." The total allotments to
the State under this clause, from the beginning of 1873 to
the close of 1899, were 31,104,864 francs, which afforded
an annual average of 1,152,032 francs ($223,000).°
The third important burden imposed upon the profits
of the Bank is the requirement that the entire excess of
profits derived from a discount rate above a fixed figure
shall be paid into the public treasury. In this respect,
as in the distribution of net profits, the law of 1900 was
more exacting than prior laws. A law of May 5, 1865,
had provided that there should be paid into the public
treasury the amount of the difference between the discount
rate collected by the Bank and the legal rate, which was
a Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 390.
135




National

Monetary

Commission

then fixed at 6 per cent. The general law of December 20,
1890, changed this legal rate to 4 X per cent in civil matters
and 5 X P e r c e n t in commercial matters. a
The law of 1872, renewing the charter, reduced the
rate of discount beyond which all profits should be covered
into the public treasury to 5 per cent. It was not without
resistance that the Government prevented at that time
the anticipation of the later reduction of 1900 to 3 X per
cent. An amendment was offered by M. Balisaux, proposing that profits resulting from an excess of the rate of
discount above \]/2 per cent should be paid into the public
treasury and that the Government should be left free to
reduce the limit still further by authority of law, at the
rate of half of 1 per cent at the expiration of five-year
periods, until the minimum of 2>% per cent was reached. 6
If such a law had become immediately effective, the
limit would have fallen to 4 per cent in 1878 and to 3 ^ per
cent in 1883. The proposal of M. Balisaux was rejected
with a vote of only 10 in the affirmative to 62 in the
negative, leaving the minimum rate which he advocated
to be considered again at the renewal of the charter in
1900.°

The rates for circulating capital in Europe were so low,
except at periods of special stress, that there were only
six years from 1873 to 1897 in which the discount rate of
the National Bank was at any time above 5 per cent.
The largest amount collected under this tax was in the
year immediately following the renewal of the charter,
when the crisis of 1873 caused pressure in the international
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 393.
& Documents Officiels* 1 8 7 2 ^ . 1 7 1
c Ibid., p. 434.
136




National

Bank

of

Belgium

money market. The a m o u n t then paid into t h e public
treasury under this clause was 1,336,338.80 francs, which
was more t h a n the entire a m o u n t collected in each of the
other five years before t h e rate a t which t h e treasury
became a participant was changed. The a m o u n t t h u s paid
into t h e treasury in 1874 w a s 340,834.62 francs; in 1881,
268,302.77 francs; in 1882, 164,017.16 francs; in 1888,
83,218.72 francs; in 1889, 18,484.13 francs; a n d in 1899,
118,986.72 francs. T h e total of these p a y m e n t s for all
the years under t h e operation of t h e charter of 1872 was
2,330,182.92 francs ($450,000). a
The change proposed b y the minister and adopted in
1900 was based in a considerable measure on t h e low rates
for the use of money which prevailed during t h e closing
decade of t h e nineteenth century. I t was declared in t h e
report of t h e Minister of Finance t h a t " t h i s measure is
imposed b y t h e reduction in t h e rate for money if t h e
intentions of t h e legislators of 1872 are to continue to be
realized/' T h e motives of t h e change were set forth somew h a t more fully b y Senator Descamps, who declared t h a t
when t h e discount rate was raised to an abnormal figure
it was i m p o r t a n t t h a t t h e action of the Bank should be
free from suspicion. H e added t h a t " t h e significance of
the provision could not escape anyone a n d would be
received, especially b y commerce, with marked satisfaction, as a pledge of t h e firm determination of t h e Bank to
do all which lay in its power to maintain discount a t
favorable rates while it was practicable, even a t t h e price
of considerable sacrifices." 6
a Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 534.
&Ibid., p 393.
137




National

Monetary

Commission

Changes in the condition of the international money
market made collections on account of the excess discount
rate much larger than was anticipated. For the nine
years prior to 1899, just before the new charter was voted,
the discount rate had never risen above 4 per cent and
had been, except for a total of eighty-six days, continuously at 3 per cent or less. The growing stringency in
the money markets resulted, however, in a rate of 4 per
cent or higher during the entire year 1900, and the collection of excess discount taxes to the amount of 2,254,663
francs ($435,000). The Government received nothing
from this source during the years 1902 and 1904, and
only 388,115 francs in 1901, and 264,505 francs in 1903.
The year 1905, however, witnessed such pressure in the
money market that the proceeds of the excess discount
rate paid into the public treasury were 471,269 francs;
which rose in 1906 to 2,025,989 francs, and in 1907 to
7,002,541 francs, which was supplemented during the early
part of 1908 by collections of 1,258,706 francs. The total
collections during the nine years ending with 1908 were
13,665,788 francs ($2,635,000).
While the measures of the Government as set forth
above were adopted in the renewal of the charter in 1900,
they were not acceptable in principle or in detail to
the Socialist minority of the chambers. M. Denis declared, in opening the discussion of the subject in his
report, that the profits of the National Bank had not
obeyed the historical law by which interest and profits
tend to fall—a law which was evidenced by the course of
public funds and the investments of the savings bank. a
a Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 76.
138




National

Bank

of

Belgium

He sought to demonstrate this by a table showing that
the dividends paid per ioo francs by the Bank, while they
had not been constant, were above 10 per cent in 1897,
and had been lower than this as far back as 1876 and only
occasionally higher, while the rate of return on the
investments of the savings bank had shown an almost
uninterrupted tendency to fall. His figures for representative years are as follows:
Interest rates and dividends of the Bank.

Year

Rate on
savingsbank
investments

Bank
dividend

Per cent

Francs

4. 20

1874.
187518771880.
1882.
1885-

4. 27

p e r 100

francs.

14- 25
11.38

4.07

8.55

4. 17
4. 00

10. 00

3-90

13-00
10.28
10.95
9.23

1895-

3.48
3.47
3.29

1897-

3- 29

10.38

1890.
1892.

8.95

M. Denis pointed out that if the Bank suffered some
reduction of profits from the decline of discount rates in
Belgium, it was compensated in a large measure by the
increase in the proportion of foreign bills which had
taken the place of coin in the reserve. He submitted
figures showing that, while the metallic reserve had remained substantially constant over a period of twenty
years, from the close of 1877 to the close of 1897, the holdings of foreign bills had almost uniformly increased,
except on a few occasions when they were being put to
use to strengthen the position of the Bank. The profit
139




National

Monetary

Commission

derived from the discount of Belgian paper had not
increased in amount materially, in spite of increase in
volume, but there had been a marked increase in the
profit derived from the holding of foreign bills. Figures
for representative years from his table are as follows:
Earnings from

December 3 1 —

discounts.

Metallic
reserve.

Foreign
bills held.

Francs.
1877
1880
1885
1890
1895
1896
1897

Francs.
50,400,000
55,700,000

100,300,000
97.Soo,000
104,300,000
101,600,000
99,900,000
100,700,000
103,000,000

74,800,000
74,500,000
107,400,000
1 0 1 , 7 0 0 , 000
120,400,000

Earnings on
Belgian
bills.

Earnings on
foreign
bills.

Francs.

Francs.

5,387, 194

1 , 3 6 3 , 100

873,713
878,830
743.534
158,199
884,419
884,816

1,240,262
1. 4 3 1 • 0 3 2
2 , 3 2 1 , 727
1,656,651
2, 116, 807
2,510,092

Professor Denis rejected entirely the basis of calculation
adopted by the Government in the division of profits between the Bank and the State. He declared that a conception of the subject based upon principle was entirely
lacking in the government plan, and that the tax on circulation and the division of profits were two proposals of an
entirely different character, having no organic relation
with each other. He inquired if there was not a danger
in interesting the State in an issue of bank bills without
limit, in the situation and with the tendencies which actually prevailed? He suggested that the true basis of a
division of profits was the relation which was borne by
the part contributed by the Government and the public
on the one hand to the actual capital and reserve belonging
to the shareholders on the other. Starting from this
premise, he computed the current accounts and the excess
140




National

Bank

of

Belgium

of circulation above the reserve at 487,000,000 francs.
This amount bore to the 80,000,000 francs of capital, reserve, and dividends of the Bank a relation of 86 to 14.
He proposed to allot a minimum interest of 4 per cent
to capital and reserve and to add 200,000 francs as a
premium against losses on commercial paper. Upon this
basis the total profits during 1897 of 8,421,401 francs
would, after the dividend allotment to shareholders of
4 per cent and the premium against risks, amounting
to 3,200,000 francs, leave a surplus of 5,221,401 francs.
Under his proposed system of division the allotment of
14 per cent to the shareholders would give them 730,996
francs, or a total (with the dividend) of 3,930,996 francs
($759,000), while the 86 per cent of the surplus profits
assigned to the State would carry its proportion to 4,490,405 francs ($867,000), instead of the allotment of 2,289,397
francs ($442,000) given by the proposed law.a
The stamp tax paid upon notes was originally collected
under a general law which required each note before
being issued to pay a tax of 5 centimes per 100 francs
(about 1 cent for $20). This provision, proving cumbersome in practice, was superseded by the law of September
10, 1862, which took effect on October 1 of that year.
This law provided for the payment of the tax at the end
of each year at the same rate (50 centimes per 1,000
francs) upon the average of the notes actually in circulation during the year. This made the tax an annual one
upon the entire issue, instead of a specific tax upon each
note, without regard to the term of its circulation. To
offset the increase in the burden thus imposed upon the
<* Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 81.
141




National

Mo net any

Commission

bank, it was provided that for the first five years under
the new regime there should be deducted from the tax
one-fifth of the amount collected during the five previous
years.
The average paid under this provision down to the
discussion over the renewal of the charter in 1872, was
83,888.20 francs ($16,200). In view of these figures, it
was proposed at that time by M. Malou, the Minister of
Finance, to compound with the Bank for an annual payment of 84,000 francs a year for ten years from January 1,
1873. The proposal of this fixed limit, over a period
likely to be marked by an upward movement in the circulation, was considered as a partial compensation to the
Bank for the abandonment of the proceeds of discount
above 5 per cent. It was declared that in enjoying by
degrees the diminution of the tax on notes, the Bank was
morally obligated to incur the expense necessary to renew
the notes more frequently when they came in somewhat
worn, if even it should not be able at some time, like the
Bank of England, to replace every bill received by an
entirely new one. The committee, however, decided in
favor of continuing the system of a tax of 50 centimes per
1,000 francs on the average of the actual circulation, and
this provision ultimately prevailed.<* The amount entered in the profit and loss account for 1907 on account
of the stamp tax was 371,702.37 francs ($71,750).
SERVICES PERFORMED BY THE BANK FOR THE STATE.

One of the chief purposes of the creation of the National
Bank of Belgium was to afford a safe and sympathetic
a Noel, I., p. 528-529.
142




National

Bank

of

Belgium

organ to the Government for carrying on the fiscal
operations of the Treasury. The original charter contained the following simple provisions on this subject:
"ARTICLE

X.

"The Bank shall act as cashier for the State under
conditions to be determined by law.
"ARTICLE

XI.

" If a savings bank shall be established, the Government
reserves the right to have it managed by the Bank.
This service shall be distinct and independent from the
business of the Bank and its organization shall be the
subject of a law."
The act passed in conformity with the first of these
provisions became law only five days after the adoption
of the charter of the new bank. It was brief and general
in character, containing only nine articles and leaving
details to be incorporated in the statutes of the Bank by
agreement between the Bank and the Government. The
first article simply confided to the Bank the service of
cashier for the State and subjected the Bank to the supervision of the court of accounts, which the Societe Generale
had resisted. It was provided that the Bank should
establish an agency in the chief town of every judicial
district and in additional localities where the Government
should consider it necessary in the interest of the treasury
and of the public. The agents of the Bank are named
by the King from a double list of candidates presented
by the administrative council of the Bank. They are
required to furnish bonds in the form of real estate or
143




National

Monetary

Commission

public funds, but are paid entirely by the Bank.^ The
books relating to the treasury service are kept by methods
prescribed by the Government and are subject to inspection by representatives of the Ministry of Finance. Two
important provisions regarding the administration of
the public funds by the Bank are set forth in the consolidation of various laws proclaimed by King Leopold
on August 7, 1900,, embodying the changes made by the
law of March 26, 1900, extending the charter. These
provisions are as follows:
"ARTICLE

VII.

"The National Bank shall perform gratuitously the
service of cashier for the State. The Bank shall bear all
expenses of management, of material, of transportation,
and of transfer of funds, and shall share in the expenses
of the treasury in the provinces to an amount of 230,000
francs annually. This amount shall not be increased at
the revision of the convention provided for by Article IX
of this act.
"The available funds of the treasury in excess of the
requirements of the service shall be invested by the Bank
in commercial securities. The Bank shall be guarantor
for the securities acquired or set aside for account of the
treasury.''
The ninth and last article, above referred to, provides
that the convention between the Government and the
Bank shall be subject to revision every ten years.
The first arrangement between the Bank and the Government allotted to the Bank for its services a compenoUlens, Les Banques d'Emission, p. 364
144




National

Bank

of

Belgium

sation which should not exceed 200,000 francs per year
and from which it must meet all expenses of management,
material, transportation, and transfer of funds. It was
not until the eve of the renewal of the charter in 1872
that it was provided that this service should not only be
performed gratuitously, but that the Bank should bear
a share of the cost of the treasury service in the provinces
to an annual amount of 175,000 francs ($33,775). Already,
during the negotiations for the new charter, a new convention was concluded between the Minister of Finance
and the Bank on November 30, 1870, which provided
that from January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1875, the
change above referred to should be made. The minister
based his demand for this concession upon the advantages
which the Bank had derived from the increase in the
treasury balance. The Bank thought proper to submit
to this new obligation "in order to maintain the harmonious relations which had always existed between
itself and the Government.'' a
The law of May 20, 1872, sanctioned this change and
provided that the payment of 175,000 francs should not
be increased so long as the Bank should be charged with
the functions of cashier. A later law of July 17, 1872,
required that in all localities where an agency of the Bank
should be established there should also be an agency of
the treasury, specially charged with the control of receipts
and expenditures. A further increase was made at the
renewal of the charter in 1900 in the amount contributed
by the Bank toward the expenses of treasury administration, carrying the amount to 230,000 francs ($44,400).
« Noel, Banques d'Emission en Europe, I, p. 551.
85519—10

10

145




National

Monetary

Commission

Under the authority of these provisions the Bank receives payments and makes disbursements on account of
the Government at all its agencies. It is charged with the
custody of the public funds of the treasury, of the sinking
fund, and of the deposit and consignation fund, and with
the services which are connected therewith. It is also
charged with the receipt of securities of the public debt
destined to be registered or converted into securities to
bearer. It collects the coupons of securities of which it
has the custody for different state funds and carries the
proceeds to the proper account.
Payments are made by the representatives of the Treasury in the Bank only with the approval of a treasury
agent, who countersigns the receipts of all collections
effected by the agent of the Bank and who alone has the
responsibility of all payments made by the Bank. The
latter is not responsible for the standing of the claims.
The indorsement, "noted, payment approved" (vu, bon
k payer), affixed by the agent of the treasury, protects
the Bank completely and transforms individual drafts into
paper payable to bearer. a
A ministerial order of October 20, 1868, modifying the
order of December 5, 1850, directed the agents of the
treasury to assign to the offices of the National Bank payments in the following cases:
" 1. Expenses of the State, including fixed expenditures,
expenditures submitted to preliminary liquidation, and expenditures based upon open credits;
" 2. Special expenses of the State—that is, expenses relating to the special funds for pensions and saving (preoNoel, I, p. 553.
146




National

Bank

of

Belgium

vovance), disbursements from provincial and from local
funds;
" 3 . To note the payments made into the hands of the
agents of the Bank in its capacity as cashier of the State."
The agents of the treasury can make drafts upon the
agents of the Bank only by virtue of authorizations emanating from the Department of Finance, except in the case
of drafts (mandats) issued by the administrators of the
savings bank of primary teachers. The Minister of Finance advises the Bank of the opening of credits on the
public treasury and indicates the localities in which such
payments may be effected. He informs the Bank of the
issue of orders for the return of securities deposited in its
custody. Such a notice is not required for securities which
belong to the sinking fund or to the Bank of Deposits and
Consignations. The coupons of public loans are payable
at all agencies of the Bank without the opening of a credit.
On the 10th and 25th of each month the administration
of the Bank addresses to the Minister of Finance an account of receipts and disbursements up to the expiration
of the previous half month and also an account of the
obligations of the public debt and other securities received
and delivered. In the month of January the Bank submits in triplicate to the court of accounts through the intermediary of the Minister of Finance the account of its
operations on behalf of the treasury during the preceding
year. This account is divided into two parts, of which
one sets forth by agencies the operations in money and
the other the operations in securities.
The agents of the Bank meet the general expenses of the
State and the provinces upon warrants signed by the agent
147




National

Monetary

Commission

of the treasury in the proper district to the amount of
the credits opened by the Minister of Finance or in his
name, of which the Bank is previously advised. Payment is made without the intervention of the agent of the
treasury, but only after previous advice either of the issue
of drafts, the opening of credits, drafts to order delivered
by the minister, drafts to bearer delivered by the treasury,
credits which are opened by the service of the sinking
fund and the Bank of Deposits and Consignations, and,
finally, interest coupons of the public debt and other securities to bearer representing interest payments.
The agents of the Bank keep a separate account of their
operations for the service of the Government. They keep
for this purpose a journal of receipts, a journal of disbursements, a ledger, and a record of funds held at the
disposition of the agent of the treasury. Copies or extracts from these books are sent weekly or monthly to the
agent of the treasury. There is also remitted to the agent
of the treasury a list in duplicate of obligations paid
upon his signature on the morrow on the day of payment.
A copy of this list, indorsed with an acknowledgment of
its reception, is sent back by the treasury agent to the
agent of the Bank. Every fifteen days these lists are exchanged for a receipt detached by the agent of the treasury from a duplicate register. On the same dates the
agents of the Bank are required to send also to the agent
of the treasury the papers showing payments which have
been made in matters which do not require his signature.
In order to promote the convenience of both parties, the
agents of the Bank and of the State are usually established
in the same building or in close relations with each other.
148




National

Bank

of

Belgium

The criticism has been made in some quarters that the
relationship is too close between the State and the Bank,
and that the credit of the Bank would suffer if the credit
of the State were attacked through violations of the neutrality of Belgium or from other causes. It was declared
in the debates of 1872, by M. Couvreur, that the serious
dangers to which the Bank had been exposed in 1870 had
arisen solely from the close connection between the Bank
and the State created by the law of 1850. Summing up
the multiplicity of services performed by the Bank in its
relations with the treasury, a historian of the bank
declares: a
"Such are the functions which the organic laws have
imposed upon the National Bank of Belgium. In fine,
this establishment is a true cashier of the State, while the
agents of the treasury are only simple bookkeepers, having
nothing to do with the handling of funds. Taxes and
imposts of all sorts are collected by particular officers,
receivers of direct taxes, customs, excises, taxes for registration, for successions, lands, right of navigation, guardians of mortgages, collectors for the post-office and the
telegraph, and station masters of the State railways; but
the proceeds, garnered up by the agents of the treasury, are
paid immediately to the agent of the cashier of the State—
that is, into the vaults of the National Bank.
"The responsibility of the Bank is from this fact considerable, but it bears only on the substance of the cash
belonging to the State. The latter reserves the responsibility of the bookkeeping, without which the Bank is
neither able nor ought to pay, and it is represented in this
a Noel I, p. 556.
149




National

Monetary

Commission

respect by thirty principal agencies, determined by the
judicial or administrative districts, and by auxiliary
agencies.' *
The manner in which direct disbursements and receipts
by the Bank on behalf of the treasury have grown during
the last forty years is indicated in the table below. The
reduction in the balance after 1870 is due to the agreement made in 1872 by which the excess of the treasury
balance above current needs should be invested by the
Bank in foreign bills for the account of the treasury.
Transactions for the Treasury.
Receipts.

1868
1870.
1875
1880.
1890
1900
1905
1906
1907
1908

Francs.
27S.500, 000
262,200, 000
459,7oo, 0 0 0
801,100, 000
1,100,100, 000
1,895.554, 0 0 0
2,369,330, 0 0 0
2,655, 735, 0 0 0
2,790,284, 0 0 0
2, 767, 600, 0 0 0

Payments.

Francs.
262,900,000
285,700,000
467,600,000
804,100,000
1,100,300,000
1,906,495,000
2, 3 7 0 , 1 8 1 , 000
2,655,998,000
2, 0 2 1 , 6 2 1 , 000
2,868,150,000

Balance,
Dec. 3 1 .

Francs.
89,400,000
57,100,000
33,600,000
27,000,000
28,200,000
13,469,522
21,171,279
12,935,285
19,429,990
12, 1 5 1 , 531

In addition to direct receipts and disbursements on the
current account of the treasury the National Bank performs many other functions. It acts as registrar and
transfer office of the national debt, and is custodian of
bonds given by public officials and of various special funds
established by the Government, like those of the Postal
Savings Bank. These functions impose upon the Bank
heavy burdens and large expenditures. I t was declared
by M. Pirmez, in his report to the chambers in 1872, that
the annual value of the benefits derived by the State from
150




National

Bank

of

Belgium

the operations of the Bank represented more than a half
million of francs ($96,500) * If this was the case in 1872,
when total disbursements and receipts footed up to
683,600,000 francs ($132,000,000), the benefit to the State
and the consequent cost to the Bank have since been multiplied many times. Total receipts and disbursements in
1899, which represented the latest figures available at the
time of the discussion over the charter in 1900, were
3,375,000,000 francs ($651,500,000), or about five times
the amount when M. Pirmez made his report in 1872.
This might not in itself indicate an increase of the charges
by a corresponding ratio, but in other fields the increase
in the burdens imposed upon the Bank showed a still
larger proportion of increase. A special report on the
services rendered by the Bank to the State was made by
the governor to the general council on May 29, 1897, in
which he declared that half of the great hall of the Bank
was exclusively devoted to the public service, which
required not less than a dozen wickets. Giving a graphic
idea of the daily routine in the Bank, the governor continued : 6
"The other half of the hall is reserved to the operations
of the Bank for its own account. There notes are exchanged for specie and specie for notes. There discounters
come to return the receipts delivered in exchange for
their documents; there also checks are settled, current
accounts dealt with, and all drafts are paid. In spite of
this multiplicity of varied services, the congestion is in
general less than at the windows where operations are
a Documents Officiels: 1872, p. 35.
& Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 220.

151




National

Monetary

Commission

carried on for account of the State. There, a t t h e periods
of t h e m a t u r i t y of t h e coupons of the public debt, of t h e
annuity b a n k (Caisse d'Annuites), of communal credit,
and of t h e local railways, on t h e eve and t h e morrow of
settlements for t h e Government, a t t h e m o m e n t of pension
payments, t h e influx is such t h a t the guards established
for supervision of the m a t t e r are compelled to insist t h a t
everyone t a k e his place at t h e different wickets in t h e
order of arrival. If, as often happens, there are added t o
these numerous operations t h e payments on account of
the public offices, the post-office, and t h e railways, or
even the deposit of securities on account of t h e Bank of
Deposits and Consignations, it requires all t h e coolness
and intelligence of our force t o prevent difficulties, errors,
and complaint."
Undertaking t o sum u p some of t h e costs t o t h e B a n k
of this service, it was pointed out t h a t those agencies in
which there was no discount office imposed an expense
without any compensating profit. I n addition there was
a t Brussels a public cashier, having under his orders a
group of functionaries and employees all paid b y t h e Bank,
b u t occupied with nothing else t h a n this service. Moreover, this force would be absolutely inadequate if a t every
m o m e n t the management did not detach from t h e forces
of t h e Bank a certain number of employees and collectors,
who lent their aid on the days when the need assumed
unexpected proportions, like t h e days when it was necessary to classify securities, detach coupons, and receive
p a y m e n t s of notes, silver, and nickel. Comparing conditions in 1896, t h e latest year t h e n available, with those of
earlier years, it was declared t h a t t h e n u m b e r of coupons
152




National

Bank

of

Belgium

paid in 1870 amounted to only 349,314, while in 1896 the
number was 1,242,257, for a total amount of 16,870,382
francs. The progression was hardly less rapid during the
twelve years after 1896, the number of coupons paid in
1908 on all classes of obligations rising to 3,266,620. In
addition to these coupons paid over the counter, there
were detached from securities deposited in government
funds in 1908 coupons to the number of 1,592,700.
The special report of 1897 declared that the conversion of the 3K per cent debt and the 3 percents had occasioned a movement of more than 2,000,000,000 francs in
securities of the Belgian debt and that the renewal of the
coupons of the annuity bank had caused a movement of
more than 50,000,000 francs. The law of September 11,
1895, authorizing pensions to be paid monthly, had resulted
in the presentation of 10,000 additional orders at Brussels
alone. The Bank had been compelled to construct new
deposit boxes to guard the numerous securities confided
by the State to its care. According to the balance sheet
of December 31, 1896, deposits of public funds on Government account already amounted to 1,011,125,354
francs. This amount had increased on December 31,1908,
to 1,752,298,028 francs.
The increase in the service of the debt was a natural
consequence of the increase in public obligations. Down
to 1873 ^ e debt of Belgium consisted chiefly in about
500,000,000 francs in 4 X percents. By 1899 the total of
the debt had risen to 2,369,000,000 francs, partly from
the fact that the Government assumed the debt of the
railway trunk lines which were taken over by the State.
Special issues for local railways, the Congo, and various
153




National

Monetary

Commission

public enterprises not only increased t h e a m o u n t of t h e
debt, b u t greatly added to t h e complications of registration, transfer, and p a y m e n t of coupons.^
I n spite of t h e large p a r t played b y treasury operations
in t h e business of t h e Bank, it remains t o be said t h a t t h e
Government has never yet felt compelled to abuse its
influence over t h e Bank t o extort large loans. One of t h e
questions addressed t o t h e Government b y t h e central
section of t h e chambers, pending t h e renewal of t h e charter in 1900, was whether t h e S t a t e was a borrower from
the National Bank. The answer of t h e Government was
simple and direct: 6
" T h e S t a t e does not borrow from t h e National Bank.
The Government possesses no other authority to borrow
t h a n t h a t inscribed in t h e regular budget or in special
laws, i. e., by t h e issue of securities of t h e public debt or
b y t h e negotiation of treasury bonds. The employment
m a d e of these authorizations is set forth in t h e s t a t e m e n t
of condition of t h e treasury and t h e accounts of t h e
administration of finance, distributed annually t o t h e
members of t h e legislative chamber. Under authority of
its statutes t h e Bank m a y discount t o a m a x i m u m of
10,000,000 francs treasury bonds issued in virtue of t h e
authority above set forth. Article 27 of t h e statutes of
t h e Bank provides t h a t ' t h e conditions of discount for
treasury bonds shall be, as t o r a t e and time, t h e same as
for commercial paper.' The treasury bonds t h u s discounted by t h e Bank are included in t h e domestic assets."
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 450.
&Ibid., p. 189.

154




National

Bank

of

Belgium

It was not admitted by the critics of the Bank, however,
that these services to the State had been performed without both direct and indirect compensation. In an elaborate analysis of the subject in the debates in the chamber, M. Grimard declared that when the Bank dealt with
the State it forgot that it owed to the latter everything;
for when the State made a bank its cashier the Bank by
that fact acquired a considerable moral force in the public
eye. The treasury itself kept a balance on current
account, which on December 31, 1898, stood at 47,000,000,
francs ($9,071,000)^ Interest upon this sum, computed
at 3.30 per cent, would afford a profit of 1,424,100 francs
($274,850). In the case of the savings bank, moreover,
the Bank collected a twentieth part of the proceeds of
loans on pledges. Such loans in 1897 were 94,400,000
francs, upon which interest at the rate of 4 per cent
amounted to 3,776,000 francs, of which the Bank took
188,800 francs ($36,300). For the commission charged
when loans by the savings bank were made through the
discount offices also, M. Grimard computed earnings by
the Bank of 110,506 francs ($21,330), making a total (with
another small item) of 321,106 francs ($62,000). The
Bank profited also from its alleged gratuitous services to
the public in the sale of drafts by the balances of money
always in its hands. 6
a

This figure was rather exceptionally high. The average balance during
1898 was 29,053,979 francs. The balance on December 31, 1904, was
22,022,462 francs and the average for 1904 13,555,006 francs; the balance
on December 31, 1908, was 12,151,531 francs and the average for 1908
18,985,039 francs.
& Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, pp. 72-80.

155




National

Monetary

Commission

INVESTMENTS ON BEHALF OF THE TREASURY.

The Government of Belgium, not content with imposing
upon the National Bank the gratuitous performance of all
services required in treasury operations and the management of the public debt, requires the Bank to invest for the
profit of the treasury any surplus in the government balance above actual current needs. The point at which such
investments are taken up is when the treasury balance exceeds 5,000,000 francs. The investment is required to be
made, not in long time obligations, but in commercial
paper. The bank is authorized to make the selection of
the paper in which the public funds are invested, but is required to guarantee its value to the treasury. An arrangement with the Government on July 17, 1872, prescribed
that the investment was to be made in general in purchase
of commercial securities drawn on foreign countries, payable in cash, but that it might be made under some circumstances in domestic paper. While the Bank guarantees
the payment of the securities, the government permits
losses as well as profits resulting from exchange to be
charged to the account. It also permits the inclusion of
cost of insurance, transfers of specie, commissions paid to
foreign houses and commissions paid to discounters or other
intermediaries to which the Bank may have recourse.6*
This service in itself has become of considerable importance and has imposed serious labor upon the Bank.
In the report of the Chevalier Descamps in 1900, the receipts for 1899 on account of transactions of this character
for the treasury were stated at 379,652,858 francs and disa Documents Officiels: 1872, p. X X V I I .

156




National

Bank

of

Belgium

bursements at 378,053,332 francs ($73,000,000). The balance to the credit of the Government on December 31,
1899, w a s S 1 ^ 0 ^ 0 1 francs ($6,050,000), consisting of
paper held at Brussels to the amount of 23,424,986 francs
and balances with foreign correspondents to the amount
of 7,915,415 francs.^ The investment of this considerable
sum affords the treasury a respectable profit, in addition
to the taxes and participation in the profits of the Bank
which are based upon general law and the provisions of the
charter. The profits realized from the operations of 1899
were 640,343 francs ($123,500). The balance of this investment fund and the profit to the treasury have been in
recent years as follows:
Profits from treasury

investments.
Balance,
Dec. 31.

Year.

Francs.
34, 79L309
44,557,861
2,435,659
37,814,692

1905.
1906.
1907.
1908.

Profit for
year.

Francs.
1,022,200

881,800
790,000
730,000

SERVICES PERFORMED FOR T H E GENERAL SAVINGS BANK

It was provided by Article XI of the original charter of
the National Bank that if a general savings bank should be
established, the Government reserved the right to have its
operations carried on through the National Bank. The
proposal to establish a savings bank was realized by the law
of March 16, 1865, which provided also for absorbing into
the new institution the retirement fund established by a
a

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 453.
157




National

Mon et ary

Commission

law of May 8, 1850. The Government was authorized to
make an advance of 50,000 francs for the initial expenses
of the savings bank and later, by the laws of March 26,
1866, and December 28, 1867, opened new credits with the
same object to the amount of 150,000 francs.
The Belgian institution was framed upon different
models from the savings banks established in France and
England. It aimed not merely to implant the principle of
economy, but sought to surround the withdrawal of deposits with such formalities and disadvantages as would
deter depositors from making unwise use of their savings
after they had been accumulated. As inducements to
leave money with the Bank, the law admitted depositors
to a share in the profits which might accumulate in excess
of the interest regularly allotted. The Government was
authorized after each five-year period to divide a part of
the reserve fund among the accounts existing for at least a
year and derived from the earnings of the previous five
years.'*
In order to realize satisfactory profits, moreover,
investments were made not wholly in securities of the
public debt, but in mortgages and commercial loans. In
discussing the progress of the Bank in 1872, M. FrereOrban declared that it had even then a sum of 25,000,000
francs which was at the disposition of landowners, manufacturers, and merchants for operations which were outside the scope of the National Bank, because they were
securities not distinctively commercial and had a longer
term than that prescribed for the assets of the Bank.
a Noel, I , p. 565.

158




National

Bank

of

Belgium

This exceptional character of the savings bank investments has imposed upon the National Bank a large
amount of labor in seeking and scrutinizing proper investments, attending to collections and renewals, and otherwise performing banking functions for the savings bank.
The savings bank funds have been used in the development of such economic works as the Credit Foncier (land
bank) and the Society of Working Men's Homes. a Something has been accomplished also in the promotion of
agricultural credit banks.
By a decree of March 25, 1891, the governing board of
the savings bank fixed the rate and general conditions of
loans to be granted to individuals, associations, provinces,
and communes for the construction and purchase of working men's houses. Under the influence of the savings
bank a great number of societies of working men's houses
have been founded and form an intermediary between
the working men and the Bank. The latter advances
funds at an interest rate of 2 ^ per cent for the credit
societies which accept the supervision of the Bank and at
3 per cent for others. These credit societies are those
which refrain from direct ownership of fixed property,
but promote by way of loans the construction and purchase
of houses. The savings bank provides also for insurance
for the fulfillment of such contracts. On December 31,
1906, the savings bank had advanced to 128 societies of
credit 91,190,037 francs ($17,600,000) and to 43 building
societies 4,763,880 francs ($920,000).b
aUlens, p. 370.
& Annuaire Statistique de La Belgique, 1907, pp x x x i v - x x x v .

159




National

Monetary

Commission

The National Bank has been the custodian of the securities owned by the savings bank or upon which loans have
been made, and the work involved in handling the business has been considerable. The savings bank has had a
cash balance at the National Bank which is merged in
the balance sheet with other current accounts. The
amount of this balance varies from time to time according
to the excess of receipts or payments on savings bank
account. The amount on December 31, 1899, when the
extension of the charter was under discussion, was
4,458,633 francs. The amount on December 31, 1908,
was 8,807,463 francs. The securities in the custody of
the Bank, however, including mortgages, bonds, and
foreign bills, have tended to increase with the growth of
the deposit liabilities of the savings bank. The growth
of the latter is indicated in a summary manner by the
following table:
Growth in deposits of the savings
December 3 1 —

bank.
Accounts.

Total deposits.
Francs.

1880

1905

_

__

_ _

_ __

200,565
731.057
1. 7 5 7 . 9 o 6
2,311,845
2, 4 1 9 , 7 1 0

125,098,287
325,415,412

661,507,886
785,704,576
812,092,923

Only a portion of this liability is represented by securities in the custody of the National Bank, because a considerable part has been converted into securities held by
depositors. The value of securities of various sorts, including commercial paper and foreign bills, in the custody
of the National Bank increased, however, from 152,934,897
160




National

Bank

of

Belgium

francs on December 31, 1898, to 234,322,680 francs
($45,220,000) on December 31, 1908.
In a special report made by the governor of the National
Bank to the general council of the Bank on May 29, 1897,
it was pointed out that the securities held for the savings
bank increased from 22,641,338 francs on December 31,
1872, to 143,202,268 francs on December 31, 1896, multiplying by six times the volume of labor imposed upon the
Bank. In a report of an earlier date in the same year, it
was declared that the receipts and disbursements in the
provinces on savings bank deposit books represented in
1896, 340,250 operations, involving a movement of 127,452,000 francs. Including receipts and disbursements at
Brussels, the total of operations on account of the savings
bank amounted to 538,252,000 francs. Moreover, paper
had been discounted at the National Bank for account of
the savings bank to the number of 20,000 pieces, representing a value of 406,700,000 francs. It was necessary
for the National Bank to verify the documents in such
cases discounted at Brussels, those discounted by the
comptoirs, and those remitted by foreign correspondents.
The report continued:05
"The Bank is compelled to note if each piece of paper
is regularly drawn, accepted, indorsed, and stamped.
After all these verifications by the discount division, the
securities are deposited in distinct compartments of the
service. They are withdrawn at maturity to secure collection either at the head office, at the agencies abroad,
or by the post, all being done according to papers prepared
by the National Bank. Double operations, therefore, of
a

85519—10

Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 230.
11

161




National

Monetary

Commission

entry and outgo, have to be each time examined, verified,
and audited, giving occasion for a movement of more than
800,000,000 francs. But of all the services of the savings
bank, that which has increased in the most sensible proportion is that of loans on public funds. Ten years ago
(1886) the Bank effected for the savings bank 900 loan
operations for 21,600,000 francs. In 1896 the number of
operations had risen to 5,650 and the amount of the loans
to 103,500,000 francs ($20,000,000). Here again the National Bank is, without any aid, giving its efforts to the
operations which are carried on. It is in our bureaus that
contracts are framed which are sometimes very extended,
in view of the long enumeration of securities pledged. It
is the Bank which preserves the duplicates, verifies the
securities deposited, and assumes the custody of them.
Besides these recorded documents which the savings bank
possesses, it has assets consisting of bonds of credit establishments, railways, industrial and other corporations, all
payable to bearer, which form one of the elements of its
definitive investments. These assets, v on December 31,
1896, amounted to 168,529,710 francs. It is the Bank
which has the custody of them and the importance of these
holdings is steadily increasing, and is one of the causes
which have decided us to ask the necessary credit for the
construction of a second vault. * * * The savings
bank does not see a single paper, does not handle a single
security. Absolutely everything is done through the intervention of the National Bank."
In spite of these great services rendered by the National
Bank to the savings bank, a determined effort was made
at the time of the renewal of the charter in 1900 to impose
162




National

Bank

of

Belgium

further obligations upon the National Bank. An amendment was moved by M. Bertrand that the National Bank
should allot to the savings bank interest at the rate of
2% per cent on the amounts which stood to the credit of
the savings bank in current account at the National Bank.
It was declared by M. Bertrand that the Bank, which
already made enormous profits, could well afford to pay
a modest interest upon the capital derived from the
investment of funds made by the poor and humble. It
was admitted that the settled policy of the National
Bank was not to pay interest on current accounts, but
as an exception had been made in favor of the current
account of the administration of hospitals, it was argued
that a similar exception should be made for the account
of the savings bank. It was contended in reply, by
M. Liebaert, Minister of Industry and Labor, that the
current account of the savings bank was kept in the
National Bank merely to make payments and remittances
and could not be profitably converted to the use of the
National Bank. a The amendment was rejected by a
vote of 18 to 65. b
T H E MONETARY E X P E R I E N C E OF BELGIUM.

The management of the National Bank of Belgium has
necessarily been influenced to a large degree by the
monetary experience of the country. This experience
has covered the period of marked variations in the ratio
between gold and silver which began with the great gold
discoveries in Australia and California and turned in the
a

Discussions Parlementaires: 1900, pp. 572-575.
& Ibid., p. 594.
163




National

Monetary

Commission

contrary direction about 1867. The difficulties of Belgium
were increased by the fact that her monetary system was
the same as that of France and was, therefore, subject to
many of the vicissitudes which affected the French
monetary system.
Belgium adopted the French system of decimal coinage
by the law of June 5, 1832. The monetary unit was
declared to be the coin of 5 grams of silver, nine-tenths
fine, called the franc. Provision was made for gold
coins, and both French gold pieces and silver 5-franc
pieces were made legal tender in Belgium. Under the
conditions which then existed, by which silver was made
the less valuable metal at the coinage ratio, the actual
circulation of Belgium consisted of silver. Gold coins
were rarely seen. It was not until 1847, three years
before the creation of the National Bank, that the Belgian
Chambers adopted a series of measures looking to the
introduction of gold. The gold coinage was to be issued,
however, only by the Government and was limited to
20,000,000 francs. By a law of March 4, 1848, the legal
tender quality was given to the English sovereign at a
nominal rate higher than its value as bullion. This
resulted in the importation into Belgium of English
sovereigns to the value of about 30,000,000 francs and the
exportation of a corresponding amount of silver.a
The time was approaching when the output of the Californian mines was to make gold the cheaper metal at the
coinage ratio. The legal tender quality conferred upon
English sovereigns was hastily repealed on September 28,
1849, and within less than a year jjune 14, 1850) the legal
a Willis, A History of the Latin Monetary Union, p. 17.
164




National

Bank

of

Belgium

tender quality was withdrawn also from Dutch gold
pieces of 10 florins. This was followed on December 28,
1850, by still a third law, which deprived of legal tender
quality French gold in use in Belgium. This was largely
a formality, as neither French nor Belgian gold was in
circulation. Silver was recognized as the sole standard,
the coinage of gold ceased, and a royal decree of August
11, 1854, demonetized the gold coins struck under the law
of March 31, 1847, and provided for covering them into
the treasury for taxes.
Belgium was thus planted, with apparent firmness, upon
the silver basis; but natural economic law was presently
to overturn this policy and make her again a gold country.
The change was the result of the depreciation of gold,
following the output of the new mines. Gold was pouring
into France and silver was being withdrawn for conversion
into bullion, because silver coins had become worth more
than their face value at the coinage ratio. New Belgian
silver coins were withdrawn from circulation, like the new
French coins. The abraded coins of France at first found
their way into circulation in Belgium, but even they soon
began to be withdrawn for the bullion market and a
scarcity of silver, even of subsidiary coins, began to be felt.
France having practically attained a gold standard
because gold was the depreciated metal, it was difficult for
Belgium to adhere to a different monetary system. Hence
arose the law of June 4, 1861, by which Belgium again
made French gold a legal tender and authorized the coinage of Belgian gold pieces according to the French system.
The fluctuations between gold and silver now became less
marked, but were sufficient to afford profit to the specu165




National

Monetary

Commission

lators and to cause many difficulties to the National Bank.
The geographical position of Belgium probably had an
influence in exposing her to the vicfssitudes of such a situation. It is declared by Willis: a
li
Whenever a speculator found that the price of gold
and silver was such that he could make a profit by shipping
either metal to, or withdrawing it from, any of these countries of different standards, he made the Bank of Belgium
the basis of operations, thus depleting its reserves or causing a plethora of coin as the case might be, as well as setting
on foot a tendency to scarcity or redundancy of the circulating medium. In 1861 the gold reserve of the Banque
Nationale sank suddenly from 22,000,000 to 7,000,000 and
the silver reserve rose as sharply from 11,500,000 to
17,000,000, while the rate of discount fluctuated from 4.6
to 3 per cent. In December, 1862, the gold reserve was
17,000,000; in the following February it had sunk to
9,000,000, and in the April succeeding it was 5,000,000,
while during the same time the reserve of silver 5-franc
pieces had risen but 1,000,000. About the same time
the Bank was forced temporarily to cease payment in silver
5-franc pieces, for a sudden contrary movement reduced
the reserve of silver 5-franc pieces first to 5,000,000 and
then to 2,000,000, and the rate of discount fluctuated
between 3 and 6 per cent, which were the extreme limits.
In 1865 the rate of discount'rose from 4 to 5.8 per cent,
following a corresponding movement in the reserve. During all this period the normal rate was from 2.5 to 3 per
cent, so that the inconveniences undergone by the business public may readily be appreciated. Thus the reserves
a A History of the Latin Monetary Union, pp. 24-25.
166




National

Bank

of

Belgium

of the Bank were now depleted on the gold and now on
the silver side, and sometimes on both. This was rendered
even worse by the method of restoring the reserve. A
delay was usually unavoidable, and this was protracted
as long as possible, until the rate of exchange was reversed,
when it was profitable to send back the coin just withdrawn."
It was with a view to escape from such difficulties that
Belgium was finally led to propose the formation of the
Latin Union. She, in common with Italy and Switzerland, had adopted the decimal system of coinage, with the
franc as the unit, but thus far there had been no cooperation among them as to the regulation of the circulation.**
The disappearance of subsidiary coins, because of their
high value in relation to gold, was met in Switzerland by
a law of January 31, i860, reducing the fineness of subsidiary coins from nine-tenths to eight-tenths. The Government of Italy by the law of August 24, 1862, adopted
the fineness of 0.835 for its subsidiary silver. The French
Government for some time hesitated to act, but finally, by
a law of May 25, 1864, adopted the fineness of 0.835 f ° r the
small silver coins of 50 centimes and 20 centimes. b France
had in the meantime, by a decree of April 14, 1864, refused
a Switzerland adopted the French system by the law of May 7, 1850;
Italy by the law of August 24, 1862. Greece adopted the French system
August 10, 1867, and applied for admission to the monetary union November 18, 1868. The papal government by a decree of June 18, 1866, adopted
the French system, b u t was not formally admitted to the union— A
History of Banking in All the Leading Nations, I I I , 349-352). Spain
adopted the French system by the law of October 19, 1868, b u t did not
become a member of the union; and it was adopted by each of the Balkan
States after their emancipation from Turkey in 1878, but without becoming
members of the union.
& Arnaune, La Monnaie, le Credit, et le Change, 3d ed., p. 227.
167




National

Monetary

Commission

to receive the Swiss coins at public offices, in order to stop
their substitution for the more valuable French coins.
Belgium was left without an adequate subsidiary currency
and she made proposals early in 1865 to France to hold a
conference of those countries which had adopted the
French monetary system. The proposal was welcomed
Italy and Switzerland soon indicated their acceptance,
and the first convention of the Latin Union met in Paris
on November 20, 1865.
The outcome of this conference (embodied in the convention of December 23, 1865) was the decision to adopt
in all the countries of the union the ratio of 0.835 f° r the
silver coins below 5 francs. It was decided to limit the
output of subsidiary coins to 6 francs per capita of the
population of each country. Direct action in regard to
the metallic standard was avoided, although the adoption
of gold was urged by the delegates of all the other countries upon France. In this discussion a Belgian delegate,
M. Kreglinger, took the lead, declaring that the bimetallic
regime subjected the various countries to an alternating
standard which produced financial stringency by draining
specie from the bank reserves and by thus forcing the
banks to raise their rate of discount.* It was felt, however, to be largely an academic question, as gold had
become in fact the standard and the principal medium, of
circulation since it had fallen below silver in value at the
coinage ratio.
The provisions made by the convention in regard to
the legal circulation of the coins in the countries other
than those where they were issued are important, because
a Willis, p. 45.
168




National

Bank

of

Belgium

they constituted to a large degree the essence of the agreement and it was the change in these provisions which
nearly destroyed the union in 1885. Bach of the contracting governments agreed to receive freely at its public
offices the money coined by the other three States—without limitation as to gold and as to silver pieces of 5 francs,
and to amounts of 100 francs ($19.30) as to the subsidiary
silver pieces. The latter were to be legal tender, even
within the country of issue, only to the amount of 50
francs. The circulation of gold coins was unrestricted.
The states which issued them were under no obligation to
redeem them, but they were receivable at par at the public offices of all the states except when reduced below the
limit of tolerance. These provisions also extended to the
5-franc pieces of silver, and it was the insistence of France
upon modifying them which caused the threatened rupture of 1885. In regard to the subsidiary pieces, it was
provided from the first that they should be taken back
by the issuing Government and paid for in gold or in silver
5-franc pieces, this obligation to remain in force for two
years after the expiration of the treaty. a
The convention of 1865 thus left untouched the legaltender quality and the free coinage of the silver 5-franc
pieces; but as silver was undervalued at the coinage ratio
none was being brought to the mints and the 5-franc pieces
had all but disappeared from circulation. These conditions changed so radically when gold appreciated and silver fell below its legal value at the coinage ratio that the
monetary position of Belgium became seriously disturbing to farsighted Belgian economists. The mistake was
o Arnaune, p. 228.
169




National

Monetary

Commission

made of not suspending promptly enough the coinage of
5-franc pieces after it became clear that they had fallen
below gold par. The minister of finance of the time,
M. Jules Malou, hesitated to close the mint until the
amount of silver coined had risen in 1873 to 111,704,795
francs ($21,560,000). The suspension of specie payments in
Austria at about this time, and the exclusion of Austrian
coin from Germany by the new German monetary laws,
threatened to send nearly the entire mass of Austrian
thalers to the Belgian mints for coinage. This fact finally
decided M. Malou to take action; but even after the suspension of free coinage he allowed himself, during the
next few years, to be seduced into the further coinage of
37,704,130 francs at the profit of the treasury, which later
was converted into a heavy loss.a
M. Frere-Orban, an advocate of the gold standard, had
moved a resolution as early as July 22, 1873, that the convention of the Latin Union be convoked; but the project
was not accepted by the ministry. 5 M. Malou first limited the coinage of 5-franc pieces and finally secured a law
from the Chambers (December 18, 1873) authorizing the
limitation or suspension of the silver coinage until January
1, 1875. In the course of the discussion preliminary to
the passage of this act, it was contended in some quarters
that the adoption of the system of forced legal tender paper
in Italy and France since the convention of 1865 had created conditions which absolved Belgium from her allegiance to the Latin Union. c This view was not, however,
o Ansiaux, Les Problemes Actuels de la Circulation Metallique et Fiduciaire en Belgique, p. 6.
& Willis, p. 116.
clbid., p. 124.
170




National

Bank

of

Belgium

adopted by the Government, nor was it urged at the convention of the Latin Union in 1874, at which suspension
of the silver coinage was adopted as a general policy.
It was obvious that for the great mass of silver coin
which had been issued in 1873 commercial use could not
be found in Belgium. The fact that Belgian coins were
accepted freely in France afforded an outlet there for considerable amounts; but Belgium could not escape ultimately responsibility for her monetary offspring. When,
in 1885, silver had fallen to 48T9F pence, or about 20 per
cent below par, a determined effort was made at the conference of the Latin Union to compel the redemption of
the excess of 5-franc pieces in circulation by the countries
which had issued* them. The French Government, more
powerful than all the other countries together, would
not consent to the continuance of the Union, except upon
the condition that, upon its dissolution, the other governments should pay back in gold the amount of the excess
of 5-franc pieces found in the French circulation. This
meant for Belgium so heavy an obligation that a rupture
was threatened. The Belgian delegate protested strongly
against the demands of France. The Belgian Ministry
took an equally strong attitude and in the Chambers M.
Frere-Orban proposed to abandon the Latin Union and
to complete the liquidation demanded by France at once,
rather than to postpone it until a time when new conditions might make it even more onerous. He already anticipated in 1885 that the fall of silver was far from having
reached its end.
Supported by these views at home, M. Pirmez, the Belgian delegate, and his associates, withdrew on July 30th
171




National

Monetary

Commission

from the conference. A protocol was partially perfected
by the remaining powers, which included a provision that
Belgian coins should be no longer received in the other
countries three months after the expiration of the last
convention. a The situation thus created was so serious,
however, that toward the end of the year M. Pirmez was
sent back to Paris a second time and there finally secured
a compromise arrangement. This compromise consisted
in the division of the fund of Belgian 5-franc pieces into
two parts. Half of the amount was to be liquidated in
gold in the manner provided by the original proposal; the
other half was to be left to the play of the laws of international exchange. In order to secure this concession,
the Belgian Government agreed to these conditions:
" She engages not to introduce into her monetary regime
any change which might impair the repatriation of the
other half by means of commerce and the exchanges.
This engagement shall have a duration of five years from
the date of the expiration of the Union. Belgium may
bring it to an end by accepting the obligation to redeem
this second half under the conditions provided by Article
IV of the arrangement. In any case the Belgian Government reserves to itself the right to introduce into its monetary legislation the changes which may be introduced
into the monetary legislation of France.
"Th£ Belgian Government guarantees that the balance
shall not exceed 200,000,000 francs. If there should be
an excess, it will be redeemed under the conditions provided by Article IV of the arrangement.''
« A History of Banking in all the Leading Nations, I I I , p . 375.

172




National

Bank

of

Belgium

Under this agreement Belgium bound herself not to take
steps to change her monetary system or to check the return of her silver coins for a period of five years after the
dissolution of the Latin Union, unless she should be ready
to redeem at gold par the entire mass of Belgian silver
which M. Malou had permitted to be issued. The convention of 1885 expired on January 1, i 8 9 i , b u t has since
been renewed from year to year by tacit agreement.
In case the Union should be dissolved and Belgian 5-franc
pieces should be returned from France and other countries,
grave difficulties would confront the Government in
maintaining the gold standard. The total amount of
coinage of 5-franc pieces, from the first issues under the
monetary law of 1832 down to the suspension of coinage
in 1876, was 495,678,210 francs ($95,650,000), or an average of more than $13 per capita for the present population of Belgium. This total, however, is subject to
considerable deductions, some of which can be definitely
ascertained and others only estimated. The effect of
these deductions is thus summed up by M. Ansiaux: a
" If from this sum there is deducted the value of pieces
officially demonetized and recoined, or 13,002,165 francs,
there remains 482,676,045 francs. According to the
unanimous opinion of competent persons, this figure is
much above the stock still in existence. A considerable
quantity of pieces bearing the effigy of Leopold I were
recoined and exported in the form of bars to the extreme
Orient between 1851 and 1866—that is, at the time when
the metal sold in the market at a price superior to that
a Les Problemes Actuels, etc , pp. 16-17.

173




National

Monetary

Commission

fixed by the Latin Union, by which the value of the
kilogram of silver was in the proportion'of one to fifteen
and a half that of the kilogram of gold. It can not be
determined with precision what is the quantity of pieces
which have been eliminated in this way or what amount,
from 1832 to 1907, have disappeared in some other manner.
The commissioner of the mint of Belgium, M. Le Grelle,
expresses the opinion that 'the quantity of Belgian
5-franc pieces still in existence may be considered to be
below 375,000,000 francs.' a To arrive at this conclusion
he relies upon various texts, from which he ingeniously
deduces this 'characteristic fact of the disappearance of
at least three-quarters of the Belgian pieces coined from
1832 to 1865/ b In a note addressed in 1907 to the colonial
committee, relative to the monetary question, the Belgian
Government expresses the opinion that ' the quantity of
Belgian 5-franc pieces still existing may be estimated at
about 350,000,000 francs.' " c
Whatever the amount of Belgian 5-franc pieces still in
existence in Europe, not more than half are now probably
in circulation in Belgium, leaving the balance to be found
chiefly in France and to a limited extent in other countries of the Latin Union. It was estimated by the National
Bank, according to an inquiry made in 1881, that the
circulation of 5-franc pieces in Belgium was 275,000,000
francs ($53,080,000). This estimate was reduced for
1898 to 200,000,000 francs, and for 1900 to a still smaller
a

Rapport du Commissaire des Monnaies, 1906, p. 22.
& Ibid., 1901, p. 24.
^Moniteur des Int£r£ts Mat6riels du 9 juin, 1907, p . 1925.

174




National

Bank

of

Belgium

amounts The changes in these estimates were due to
the steady current of metallic money out of Belgium into
France. It was estimated by M. de Foville in 1897, as
the result of an analysis of a count made of different
forms of money received by the banks, that there were
then in France 329,900,000 francs in 5-franc pieces of
Belgian coinage, of which 266,300,000 francs were in the
vaults of the Bank of France. h As the result of a similar
inquiry in 1903, M. de Foville reduced the estimate of
Belgian 5-franc pieces circulating in France to 270,000,000
francs, of which 168,000,000 francs were in the vaults of
the Bank. c
It is these conditions with which the Government
would have to deal if the Latin Union were dissolved. It
would be impossible to absorb into the circulation of
Belgium the 300,000,000 francs circulating in France. It
would be necessary, first, to find gold resources with
which to liquidate this great obligation to the French
Government, and, secondly, to find a means of disposing
of the 1,500 tons of silver coins which would be surrendered to Belgium. In view of the small amount of coins
now in circulation in Belgium, it might be found feasible,
if the old standard were maintained, to employ perhaps
50,000,000 francs in replenishing the circulation. This
would still leave, at the lowest estimate, from 175,000,000
a The latest estimate made by the Mint Bureau, in the annual report for
1908, declared t h a t by reason of the adverse exchange with France the
actual circulation of 5-franc pieces did not appear to exceed 100,000,000 to
150,000,000 francs.—Bconomiste Europeen, May 22, 1909, X X X V , p. 644.
& I/Economiste Francais, February 12, 1898, p. 202.
c Ibid., April 23, 1904, p. 576.

175




National

Monetary

Commission

to 200,000,000 francs to be thrown upon the silver market
if other means could not be found for dealing with them.
Obviously, however skilfully this operation were conducted, it would have a very depressing effect on the market
for silver, which in recent years has shown signs of being
easily glutted whenever the demand rrom any important
source, like that of India, has become impaired. Even
if the silver could, by extending sales over a reasonable
period of time, be made to fetch 25d. per ounce, there
would be a loss of more than one-half of the face value of
the coins, which would have to be met by the Government
of Belgium. If this sum were raised by means of a gold
loan, it would require approximately 100,000,000 francs
($19,300,000).
To cover this loss would not be the only problem involved in the dissolution of the Latin Union. The fact
that the Belgian 5-franc pieces were no longer received in
France would deprive them of the support given to the
value of silver coins in France by the great gold reserve of
the Bank of France. The limitation of the quantity kept
in circulation in Belgium would tend in some degree to
maintain the local value of the currency; but, it is contended by some students of the subject, it would be found
absolutely necessary to take measures also to establish a
gold reserve in Belgium. The amount required for this
purpose would, in the opinion of M. Ansiaux, be at least
100,000,000 francs. The National Bank would, in his
opinion, require the support of its reserve in order to be
prepared to redeem its notes in gold, which would almost
necessarily be the policy pursued during the liquidation
and retirement of the 5-franc pieces if the security of the
176




National

Bank

of

Belgium

bank notes and the soundness of the monetary system
were not to be put in jeopardy.^
As a result of this situation there would be a double
liability to aid in maintaining the gold standard not unlike that imposed upon the Government of the United
States when the silver circulation became excessive in
1893. On the one hand, the function would rest upon the
Government of maintaining the parity of the silver coins
by means of a visible gold reserve; on the other hand, the
function would rest upon the Bank of maintaining the
redemption of its notes in gold. Otherwise, the dissolution of the Latin Union would tend to produce a panic in
Belgium by reason of the knowledge that the great mass
of Belgian silver coins afloat in Europe could not be absorbed into the Belgian circulation and would have no
guaranty of parity, except the limited gold reserve of the
Bank, which would be far from sufficient to liquidate the
quantity returning to the country when they ceased to be
legal or customary tender in France, Italy, or Switzerland.
If the counsel of M. Frere-Orban in 1885 had been followed, Belgium might have reorganized her monetary
system upon a basis independent of that of France at a
much smaller cost than a few years later. The average
quotation of silver for 1885 was 48T9^d., London price,
corresponding to $1.0651 per fine ounce in New York.
It was the last time that silver showed an average annual
price in the American market above $1, except in 1890
under the impulse of the purchases under the Sherman
law. By 1895 the London quotation showed an average
of 2 9 ^ d . and by 1905 27-^d. At the average price of
<* Les Problemes Actuels, etc., p. 20.
85519—10

*2

*77




National

Monetary Commission

1885 the loss would have been about 20 per cent of the
face value of the coins. At the average price for the year
ending June 30, 1908—27.33d.—the depreciation was
nearly 60 per cent below legal parity.
If the Belgian Government could have marketed its
surplus silver as successfully after 1885 as the German
Government did after 1873, a loss of 20 per cent upon
200,000,000 would have been only 40,000,000 francs
($7,720,000). To put in effect such a proposal under present conditions, however, even apart from the effect which
it would have in the further demoralization of the silver
market, would involve a loss of more than 100,000,000
francs ($19,300,000). The aggregate loans required, both
to cover this loss and to provide an adequate gold reserve, would be, according to the estimates of M. Ansiaux, not less than 300,000,000 francs.a This amount,
imposed upon the present population of Belgium, which
is about 7,200,000, would amount to about $8.25 per
capita and would be equivalent to a loan of $750,000,000
for the 90,000,000 people of the United States. Obviously
the issue of a loan of this magnitude involves serious considerations, and it is not surprising that the Belgian Government has preferred to continue a member of the Latin
Union, even in the face of continuing depreciation in the
bullion value of its silver money and the prospect that
liquidation would be still more difficult and costly if
undertaken in time to come.
A policy of waiting has several compensations. The
growth in the population and in the economic resources
of the country tends to increase the demand for currency,
o Ives Problemes Actuels, etc., p. 20.
178




National

Bank

of

Belgium

while the lapse of time increases the extent of the slow
disappearance and absorption of the excess coins. A
special field where this absorption may become important
exists in the Kongo, which it is fervently wished in Belgium
may rival British India as " a sink of the precious metals/'
Thus far this expectation has not been realized on a large
scale, since a considerable proportion of the special coinage
of 1,900,000 francs made for the Kongo had, as recently as
1907, not been absorbed. It was suggested, moreover, by
M. Ansiaux that as the Kongo was not a part of the Latin
Union, Belgium might derive considerable advantage from
limiting the circulation there to Belgian coins and closing
the hospitable door which is now kept open to the coins
of the other countries of the Union.05 In monetary matters time is usually a cure for evils whose sources have
been suppressed. The growth in population and economic power, the disappearance of old coins, and perhaps
a recovery in the gold price of silver, may gradually improve the position of Belgium in the Latin Union without
requiring the drastic and expensive course of liquidation
of her silver money held abroad.
T H E META1XIC R E S E R V E AND T H E PREMIUM ON EXCHANGE.

The question whether the metallic reserve of the National Bank of Belgium is adequate in amount and is
properly constituted has been much debated in recent
years, as the result of the almost continuous premium on
foreign exchange. The premium has usually kept within
the limits of four-tenths of 1 per cent (or, as the French
express it, 4 to the 1,000), but this has been above the
a

Les Problemes Actuels, etc., p. 23.
179




National

Monetary

Commission

point which permitted exports of the silver 5-franc pieces
from Belgium and would have denuded the country of
everything but subsidiary coin but for the action of the
Bank in purchasing 5-franc pieces abroad to replenish its
reserve. The reserve was fixed prior to the revision of
the charter in 1872 at 25 per cent of obligations payable
on demand, which included bank notes and current accounts payable at sight. It was increased after that date
to one-third, but with authority to the ministry to suspend the requirement when it might be advisable. From
the beginning of the history of the Bank, however, it was
allowed to count foreign bills as a part of the reserve.
The effect has been that while the stated reserve has been
usually above 35 per cent, the proportion held in coin has
come to be less than half of this amount. A statement of
the character of the demand liabilities and of the reserve
was made in the replies of the Government to the questions of the central section of the Chamber of Deputies at
the time of the revision of the charter in 1900, which is
supplemented in the following table by the figures for
1908:a
Proportion of reserve held.
Dec. 31, 1897.

Dec. 31, 1908.

Circulation
Current accounts

513,268,900
93.892,500

806,878,000
100,716,500

Total obligations on demand__ _
One-third equals

607,161,400
;:o2, 387, 100

907,594,500
302,531,500

Actual metallic reserve
Foreign bills

103,326, 100
::2o, 078, 600

158,163,200
185,540,900

223,404,700

343,704,100

Total reserve

» Documents Parlementaires: 1900, p. 205.

l8o




National

Bank

of

Belgium

These figures show a percentage of total reserve against
demand obligations of about 36.8 per cent in 1897 and
37.8 per cent in 1908. They also show no radical change
in the proportion of coin to foreign bills. It is noticeable,
however, that the circulation has increased very rapidly
within the eleven years since the report of 1897. Upon
this subject more will be said hereafter.
In one respect the movement of the reserve has, during
the recent history of the Bank, been favorable. This is
in the proportion of gold held as compared with silver.
In 1875, immediately after the free coinage of silver .was
suspended at the Belgian mint, the gold coin held was
62,508,000 francs, while holdings of silver 5-franc pieces
reached 35,847,000 francs. Gradually the proportion of
silver over gold was reduced, until since 1886 the following
proportions have obtained:
Composition of the metallic reserve.
December 3 1 -

1887
1892
1897
1900
1902
1905
1906
1907
1908

Gold.

Francs.
58, 768, 200
81,407,434
88,823,415
91, 904,050
8 9 , 5 8 9 , 225
100,746,035
103,871,160
106,707,910
1 1 2 , 4 3 6 , 850

Silver 5-franc
pieces.

Francs.
21,961,000
15.743.735
8, 903,640
12,003,000
14, 186,455
5,426,460
10, 596,675
19,565.495
37.032,500

Subsidiary and
minor coins.

Francs.
18,350,000
17,503,967
5,599,101
4,850,059
1 0 , 3 9 4 , 630
11,448,612
9,717,292
6,988,395
8,693,875

Total.

Francs.
99,079,900
114,654,737
103,326,156
108,757,109
114, 170,310
117,621,107
124,185,127
133,261,800
158,163,225

The increase in 5-franc pieces during the year 1908 is not
in itself an unfavorable symptom. Indeed, under the existing policy of the Bank in dealing with the problem of
exchange, an adequate stock of silver 5-franc pieces is
181




National

Monetary

Commission

nearly as important as an adequate stock of gold. As gold
has practically disappeared from current use, and if paid
out would be promptly seized upon by the exporters, the
amount held by the Bank is to a certain extent immobilized and constitutes a guaranty fund for the solvency of
the Bank's assets rather than a part of the active circulation. Notes are redeemed principally in silver 5-franc
pieces, which are more expensive than gold to export.
The Bank imports 5-franc pieces at its own expense when
the demands upon it exceed receipts of the coin. The
reflux of 5-franc pieces during 1908 may be attributed in
part also to the stagnation in general business, which has
accumulated coin and other forms of currency in most of
the great banks of the world.
One of the most difficult problems with which the Bank
of Belgium has had to deal in recent years has been the
unfavorable state of the exchanges. The rate of exchange,
instead of fluctuating between the gold import and gold
export points at different seasons, has remained, with only
brief and occasional exceptions, adverse to Belgium.
Gold practically disappeared from circulation many years
ago and was soon followed by the 5-franc pieces in flitting
across the border. The profit in exporting the coins has
become so obvious, even to those who are not bankers, that
it is practiced by a great number of persons, especially those
living near the French frontier. The process by which the
profit is realized is thus described by M. Ansiaux:^
" The tactics of the drainers are well known. They procure pieces of 5 francs either from the circulation or at the
«I^es Problemes Actuels de la Circulation Metallique et Fiduciaire en
Belgique, p. 25.
182




National

Bank

of

Belgium

counter of the National Bank or from its agencies nearest
to the French frontier, in exchange for bank bills. They
ship these pieces to one of the banking towns nearest to
our territory—for example, to Iyille. There it is easy to
exchange them for cheques or drafts payable in France or
(what comes to the same thing) to deposit them in a banking establishment and against the deposit to draw a cheque
of corresponding value. This paper is immediately negotiated in Belgium at a premium covering the cost of the
operation and involving also a certain percentage of profit.
As this speculation is repeated indefinitely, it affords in the
aggregate serious profits to him who practices it."
In Switzerland, where similar conditions prevailed prior
to the creation of the National Swiss Bank in 1907, the
trade of exporting the coins was shared even by women,
who, while waiting in line to convert notes into coin at
banking offices near the frontier, carried their knitting or
weaving, combining with their profitable operations in
finance their occupations as keepers of the home.
An indication of the growth in the tendency to export
coin is afforded by the figures of the presentation of notes
to the bank to obtain specie in contrast with the specie
presented to obtain notes. Within the short interval since
1891, the notes thus presented for exchange have increased
by nearly 100 per cent, or in about the same proportion as
the average circulation. This movement might be considered a healthy indication of the rapidity of note redemption, but for the fact that the demand for coin in exchange
for notes converges principally upon those branches of
the bank which are near the French frontier or in direct
railway communication with France. It is significant
183




National

Monetary

Commission

also that the total presentation of bills for notes is much
larger at the country branches of the Bank than at Antwerp or Brussels. The little frontier town of Charleroi,
with a population in 1906 of 27,362, showed in 1908 presentations of notes to the amount of 65,525,000 francs
($12,650,000), or twice the amount recorded at Antwerp
and only 2,328,000 francs less than Brussels, with its population of more than 600,000. The following table shows
the movement in presenting bills for coin at the agencies,
at Antwerp and at Brussels, and the totals of this movement and of the presentation of coin to obtain notes:
Exchanges of notes and coin.
[In thousands of francs.]
Notes presented for coin.
Year.

1892
1897
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908

At agencies.

iS7,7i6
190,879
241.305
218,485
225,842
237,i45
229,268
232,116
266,672
298,260
282,417

At Antwerp.

15.889
22,356
27,764
28,543
29.302
24.548
25.366
24.523
30.981
35.554
3 2 , 829

At Brussels.

38,538
43.978
53.213
55,78i
49,934
50,263
5*,o9i
55,170
70,368
69,529
67.853

Total.

212,143
257.213
322,282
302,809
305,078
311.956
305,725
311,809
368,021
403,343
383.099

Total coin
presented
for notes.

44.525
57.288
63,892
64,803
68,813
69,116
68,537
72,350
72,793
77.947
79,337

A still more concrete demonstration of the character
of this demand for coin is afforded in the table below.
Nine agencies, most of them of relatively small importance
in commercial transactions, represented in 1908 considerably more than half the total exchanges of notes, more
than two-thirds of the exchanges outside of Antwerp and
Brussels, and twice the combined exchanges of the latter
184




National

Bank

of

Belgium

two chief offices of the Bank, where 56 per cent of the
discount business is done:
Exchanges of notes at frontier agencies.
Agency.

Charleroi
Courtrai
Ghent
La Louviere
Liege

1892.

1900.

Francs.
42,025,000
6,292,000
8,815,000

Francs.
69,89 ,000
7,562,000
19,665,000

7,144,000
26,145,000

;

Mons
Namur
Tournai

11,493,000

Verviers

7,979.000

4. 754.ooo
3,610,000

10,416,000
36,594.000
20,349,000
3,525,000
5,128,000
7,831,000

1908.

Francs.
65.525.000
5,985.000
28,625,000
34,663,000
3 2 , 8 0 0 , 000
27,982,000
9,477,000
7, 6 4 7 , 000
8,665,000

The exchanges in a country having a sound currencyare affected by the ultimate balance in transfers of capital
and credit. More obvious factors may be found in the
state of the circulation, the proportion of metallic reserves
held, and rates of discount. In the case of Belgium, it is
admitted that the balance of the merchandise movement
is adverse, but this is only one of the many factors in the
movements of capital and credit. It is contended that
Belgium exports a large amount of capital to countries
less advanced than herself, like Egypt, China, and South
America. These investments are accomplished usually
by drafts upon Paris. As one of the chief centers of the
international exchanges, Paris naturally serves as the
intermediary for the transfer of Belgian funds. To Swiss
investors also the Paris market stands in substantially the
same relation, and when, after 1901, French capital began
to go to Switzerland, the balance of the exchanges was for
a time reversed
185




National

Monetary

Commission

One of the most obvious reasons for the disappearance
from Belgium of gold at least has been the increase in the
employment of small notes. It is a well-established principle, illustrated by the monetary experience of many
countries, that notes will drive coin out of circulation
down to the lowest denomination for which they are
issued. In other words, notes of 20 francs ($3.86), which
is the minimum denomination in Belgium, if issued in
sufficient amounts, would inevitably expel from circulation gold coins of 20 francs and of higher denominations.
During the early history of the National Bank the issues
of notes of the lower denominations were comparatively
restricted. Since 1895, however, there have been striking
changes in the character of the note issues, independently of their amount. The notes of the larger denominations—500 francs ($96.50) and 1,000 francs ($193)—
have increased only by an amount of 83,000,000 francs
($16,000,000), while the total circulation has increased by
302,600,000 francs ($58,400,000). Notes of the minimum
denomination of 20 francs have nearly trebled in amount,
and those for 50 francs ($9.65) and 100 francs ($19.30)
have increased by about 135,000,000 francs. Undoubtedly a proportion of this increased demand for small notes
is due to the expansion of business and the more general
use of currency by the poorer classes, but a large part of
the increase may reasonably be connected with the disappearance of the 5-franc pieces. The following table
puts in graphic form the changes in the denominations of
notes in circulation for representative years:

186




National

Bank

of

Belgium

Increase in issues of small notes.
[In thousands of francs.]
Notes of

Notes of

1,000 a n d

100 a n d 50

Total average circulation.

500 francs.

313,624.5
382,309. 6
450,413-1
576,483-5
676,841.9
7S3.079-9

151.539-5
143,694-0
149,647.5
201,045.5
222,269.5
232, 413.0

francs.

147, 224.3
200,824.5
235,686.5
287,902.8
337, 146. 1
371,306. 6

Notes of
20 francs.
14,860.7
37.791.3
52,079. 1
87.535.1
117,426.3
149,360.3

The influence of the great increase in circulation has
obviously been to expel coin and to make it practically
impossible to maintain the coins of full legal tender
capacity in circulation. The issue of notes down to so
low a denomination as 20 francs has practically imposed
upon the Bank the obligation of maintaining the coin
reserve of the country. In this respect it is perhaps subject to criticism for permitting so considerable a proportion of the reserve to consist in foreign bills—not that the
bills are not a sound and efficient portion of the reserve,
but that the proportion of metal has been allowed to fall
too low. Upon this point emphasis is laid by the venerable
Prof. Georges de Laveleye, in a recent discussion of the
relative increase in the bank-note circulation of France
and Belgium. In France as in Belgium, he declared, the
circulation of bills goes on steadily increasing. If the
years 1891-1892 are compared with 1906-1907, the circulation advanced from 425,000,000 to 750,000,000 francs in
Belgium and from 3,000,000,000 to 4,800,000,000 francs in
France. It increased 75 per cent in Belgium and 60

187




National

Monetary

Commission

per cent in France. Commenting upon these figures,
Professor de Laveleye declares: a
li
But in France it is the reserve which has profited by
this extension of the paper circulation, while in Belgium
it is the assets in Belgian and foreign paper which have
increased from 300,000,000 to 625,000,000 francs—that is,
in a proportion exactly parallel to the increase in the circulation. That has happened, then, which must inevitably
happen—the bill of the National Bank of Belgium has only
the strict minimum of legal metallic protection, even
accepting the assets in foreign bills as the equivalent of
specie in the vaults, while the bill of the Bank of France
shows such an increase of protection that it might be truly
said that it represents gold circulating in the form of
paper."
As influential, perhaps, as permanent transfers of
capital, and perhaps one of their causes, is the comparatively low rate of discount maintained at the National
Bank and in Belgium. On this point an indictment is
drawn by M. Ansiaux, both against the policy of the Bank
and against the law which covers into the public Treasury
the proceeds of all discounts above 3% per cent. In seeking to reach the foundation of the problem, M. Ansiaux
declares that it is an error to believe that the balance of
international accounts redresses itself always automatically. " Without doubt," he says, "the rise of exchange
constitutes a stimulus to exportation and a curb to importation. In short, exporters sell their drafts higher and
importers pay more for their remittances. But the customs statistics have already demonstrated that this double
a Moniteur des Inter£ts Materiels, December 8, 1907, p. 3974.
188




National

Bank

of

Belgium

influence does not translate itself in an obvious manner in
the commercial movements of Belgium and Switzerland.^
Through its holdings of foreign bills the National Bank
has been able to offset in some measure the adverse tendency of the exchanges. When the demand for the Paris
cheque becomes pressing and threatens to raise the premium to a point which would attract attention and cause
alarm, the Bank draws from its portfolio and throws upon
the market drafts upon Paris, Iyondon, Berlin, and Amsterdam, and thus meets the demand for the transfer of funds
abroad. This portfolio of foreign paper is reconstituted
from time to time, at those periods when the demand for
foreign exchange is less acute.
It is contended by some of the critics of the Bank, however, that while its policy in dealing with foreign bills is
sound so far as it goes, it should be combined with a more
resolute policy in regard to the discount rate. It is
pointed out that the Imperial Bank of Germany, which
also employs foreign bills to maintain the balance of the
exchanges, does not on this account consider itself released
from the obligation of raising the discount rate boldly and
in defiance of all criticisms. In other markets the elevation of the rate of discount is relied upon to correct the
adverse balance of the exchanges and check the outflow of
metallic money. It becomes a question then—which has
been much discussed in Belgium—whether the National
Bank has not erred in keeping its rate of discount too low,
instead of too high. There have been those who have
urged that it should be advanced sharply and kept high
until a visible influence was exerted upon the movement
« Ives Problemes Actuels, etc., p. 35.
189




National

Monetary

Commission

of money. The failure of the National Bank to do this
might be attributed to two influences—the fact that by
law it is deprived of profit from a discount rate above 3 X
per cent and the fact that it derives a very considerable
profit from the expansion of its note issue, which has taken
the place of the vanished coins. Obviously the profits
upon the note issue more than compensate the premiums
paid for maintaining the metallic reserve. The Bank perhaps regards this policy as more beneficial to commercial
interests and less likely to impair its own popularity than
the drastic elevation of the discount rate which protects
the reserve of the Bank of England.
In spite of the unfavorable situation of the Belgian
exchange, which is emphasized by the dubious position of
Belgium in the Latin Union, the argument is not without
support by competent economists, that the existing system has advantages over the resolute raising of the discount rate which is advocated by M. Ansiaux. The argument is the same as that made in favor of a uniform rate
at the Bank of France—that the burden of maintaining
the reserve is properly assumed by the Bank, rather than
imposed upon the commerce of the country. It appears
that the periods when high discount rates have prevailed
have been usually those when the bank found it necessary
to make the largest importations of coin, but in most of
these cases the discount rate was not raised so radically
as at the Imperial Bank of Germany and other state banks
outside of France. Thus, in 1898, with an average discount rate of 3.04 per cent, the amount of coin brought
into the country by the Bank was 30,000,000 francs. In
1899, with an average rate of 3.91 per cent, the amount
190




National

Bank

of

Belgium

brought in was 60,000,000 francs. When the average rate
fell in 1902 to 3 per cent, the importations of coin by the
Bank were only 11,000,000 francs, but rose, under the influence of the tight money market of 1906 and an average
discount rate of 3.84 per cent, to 81,500,000 francs; and
in 1907, with an average discount rate of 4.95 per cent,
importations of coin by the Bank were 98,500,000 francs.0
With an average rate of 3.56 per cent in 1908, importations by the Bank fell to 79,000,000 francs.6
It is maintained by the principal financial publication
of Belgium that an attempt to raise the discount rate
radically would impose much heavier charges upon the
country than are imposed under the existing system. The
increase of the rate from an average of 3.84 per cent, which
prevailed in 1906, to an average of 5 per cent would add
5,166,000 francs to the discount charges of the National
Bank alone, and if the entire quantity of bills discounted
at the joint-stock banks were subjected to the same increase
of rate the total additional charge imposed upon commerce would be multiplied about three times and would
amount to more than 15,000,000 francs. The effect upon
the security market would be to depress prices and to
send the 3 per cent obligations of the Belgian Government
below par. In other words, it was declared, the rental of
capital would be brought up to the rate which is paid in
undeveloped countries deficient in resources or unhealthy
in their economic state. 0
Upon the whole, therefore, it is concluded by the Belgian journal that comparatively little injury results to the
a Moniteur des Int£r£ts Mat£riels, June 21, 1908, p. 2035.
&Economiste Europeen, May 22, 1909, X X X V , p. 644.
c
Moniteur des Int£r£ts Materiels, December 22, 1907, p . 4142.
191




National

Monetary

Commission

financial organism of the country from the premium on
exchange. The computed amount of the premium on
exchange paid upon exportations to France, at the rate
of three-tenths of i per cent, represents upon 400,000,000
francs of such exportations a sum of 1,200,000 francs
($231,600) .a It is obvious that this enhanced price of
the Paris exchange affords to the merchant drawing upon
Paris a premium upon exportation or imposes upon the
importer an enhanced burden which is too slight in either
case to affect seriously the balance of trade by stimulating exportation or checking the importation of French
products. Trade would almost certainly be influenced
more sharply by an elevation of the discount rate, but it
would be necessary ultimately for the Bank to strengthen
its reserve from the increased quantity of gold imported
or to curtail the amount of small notes in circulation in
order to make the increased rate of discount effective in
keeping gold within the country.
GENERAL STATISTICS OF BANKING OPERATIONS.
Some of the principal statistics of the movement of
important classes of business from the beginning of the
life of the National Bank are brought together in the tables
below. As statistics for representative years have been
presented in most cases in discussing different features in
the operation of the Bank, comment in detail upon the
statistics here presented is not required. They are brought
together for convenience and a greater degree of completeness than the shorter tables which have been given in
dealing with particular subjects. The complete tables
a Moniteur des Int£r£ts Materiels, December 15, 1907, p. 4058.
192




National

Bank

of

Belgium

show the rapid expansion in the business of the National
Bank of Belgium, which has been characteristic of financial statistics in the case of advanced commercial countries during the past generation. The four principal items
for the close of each year conform to the exhibit made by
similar figures in other countries of Europe for the central banks of issue, in the fact that note circulation plays
a much more important part than deposits in gross
liabilities and that the growth in circulation is offset by
a corresponding growth in discounts granted. These discounts, however, are made up largely of rediscounts extended to the joint-stock and private banks, which have
absorbed the bulk of the growth in deposit business since
the evolution of powerful banks without the power of note
issue. A general table of the four principal items of the
balance sheet at the end of the year appears below:
Principal

items of the balance sheet.

Metallic
reserve.

December 3 1 -

Francs.
1851

29,264,880

1855
i860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866

59,o99» 781
63.023,535
69,048,286
68,299,840
45.119,295 [
51,352,022 j
I
55,074.197
55.453.86i

1867
1868

7 9 , 9 3 1 . 106
90, 9 1 1 , 3 0 1
90,097,697
95,614,523

1869
1870
1871
1872

-

115,670,473
105,493.284

1873
1874

123,271,268

--

118,246,897
122,662,123

1875
855I9—IO

-13

Francs.
44,034.953
78,504,789
i5S.958,745
149.568,487
144,775.678
1 3 7 . 4 3 2 . 729
128, 9 0 1 , 020
i55.563.372
145,226,443
167,576,272
2 0 3 , 8 1 3 , 192
230,190,917
196,233,878
214,290,183
305.635.514
2 5 8 , 4 5 1 , 264
272,087,466
269,071,451

193

Bank notes in
circulation.

Creditor current accounts.

Francs,

Francs.

5 0 , 3 4 6 , 210
95,580,880
117,899,960
117, 847, 920
112,474,420
n 6 , 727, 840
112, 6 5 1 , 990
125,106,120
124,387,380
137,660,450
171,782,680
i99,219,390
202,528,520
228,690,490
2 9 7 , 6 7 2 , 650
320,586,070
328,873,430
340,254,420

25,980,830
42,666,838
81,825,144
79,173.174
67,852,803
42,635.776
44,207,126
64,101,720
55.798,121
9 4 , 2 7 0 , 253
113,271,152
102,116,233
81,319,921
106,106,831
118,052,607
61,822,909
7 1 , 4 6 5 , 293
65.704,557




National

Monetary

Principal items of the balance

December 3 1 -

Metallic
reserve.

Francs.
1876.
1877
1878.
1879
1880
1881.
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
igor
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906.
1907
1908.

116,675,643
99,249,880
99,169,614
105,415,039
98,787,206
99,477,283
99.445.996
98,096, 713
96,535.498
105,495.925
100,578, 722
99.079,959
93.646 434
103,636,140
103.413.340
102,751,759
114,654, 737
i n , 621, 199
130,756,515
101,061,507
101,978,446
103,326,156
117,087,292
107,901,447
108,757,109
116,153,170
114,170,310
117, 117.388
119,366,357
117,621,107
124,185,127
133,261,800
158,163,225

Commission
sheet—Continued.

Discounts.

Francs,
306,821,721
276,556,761
247,872,605
271,512,573
283,992,826
280,695,884
256,854,173
271,250,176
280,026,058
278, 295,964
292,662,882
295.ii7.35i
283,875.995
302,384,547
312,670,661
323.986,582
309.391.705
336,201,077
346,590, 227
365,263,291
399.683,424
417,827,791
424.795.032
433,577.079
465,244,299
478, 293,671
5i3.75o,49o
533.069,957
557.74o.495
570,024,215
597.370,467
528,316, 117
493.458,291

B a n k notes in
circulation.

Creditor current accounts.

Francs.
364.559,260
342,108,340
313,617,950
334.975.72o
339.969.510
354.753.67o
355,706,250
357,611,140
357,761,810
367,423. 810
378,966,160
389,094, 020
375.670,220
401,765,820
404,721,600
421,886,510
427,594.580
450,755.9IO
469,662,000
476,502,020
492, 636, 910
513,268,950
544, 652, 040
589,504.I70
631, 631, 800
649.330,330
676,140,330
671,006,560
694,429,290
724,082,140
770,423,340
798,167,760
806,878,060

The figures of the general movement of operations show
immense totals, because they cover all payments into
and out of the Bank. Figures of this movement are not
usually kept by American banks, but they have a certain
significance in the case of European banks of issue because
the latter perform to some extent the function of the clear194




National

Bank

of

Belgium

ing houses in receiving and collecting checks and other
documents upon other banks.
General movement of operations and gross earnings.
M o v e m e n t of
operations.

Year.

Francs.

Francs.

4 , 8 1 0 , 5 1 6 , 589.68

1869-

5,031,817

Gross earnings.

S.995.3S3.30

891.19

7 , 0 4 6 , 7 2 9 . 48

1871.

11, 7 0 0 , 891, 702.01

8,798,931.35

1872.

13. 0 3 5 , 434. 8 7 2 . 4 4

10,210,076.49

1873-

1 4 , 4 2 6 , 4 5 0 , 646.88

16,542,873.03

1874-

13.574,856, 891.54

13,613,941.19

1875-

1 3 . 5 2 7 , 3 5 9 : 459-17

n.365,899.95

1876-

12,489,767, 081.18

10,315,566.65

1877-

1 1 , 4 4 4 , 0 6 3 , 172.91

10,476,216.88

1878.

11, 5 6 6 , 641, 6 7 3 - 9 7

n . 2 9 5 . 5 4 6 . 19

1870.

in,

6 0 7 , 7 9 9 , 9 8 0 . 97

1 0 5 , 6 6 1 , 134. 51

879-

13,268,345, 510.98

9 , 8 1 7 , 7 7 2 . 17

880 _

1 6 , 7 7 0 , 4 5 2 , 220.85

9,854,985-36

1 6 , 6 9 1 , 2 2 0 , 278.75

11,522,499.39

16,815,897, 966.40

13. 7 8 1 , 0 1 6 . 79

T o t a l for 10 y e a r s .

1 7 , 9 8 8 , 6 8 0 , 750.85

12,176,985.53

16,473,764, 3 3 9 2 9

11,072,438.50

885 _

1 5 . 9 6 9 . 8 4 6 , 743.o8

11,114,498.49

886_

1 6 , 4 1 0 , 293, 424.86

10,894,625.98

887-

19, 1 5 1 , 6 8 4 , 3 7 8 . 8 1

11,202,106.98

1 8 , 8 2 2 , 6 3 4 , 841.64

10,723,509.19

168,362,820,455.51

112,160,427.40

T o t a l for 1 o y e a r s _
1889-

19,230,169, 638.25

1890.

19, 6 0 1 , 5 5 0 ,6 4 4 . 6 5

1 2 , 3 4 4 , 8 8 3 . 28

1891-

19,925,688, 020.47

11, 4 0 2 , 406. 9 8

i i , 9 4 7 , 140. 15

1892.

18,864,409, 343-24

10, 789, 2 3 0 . 8 5

1893-

19, 0 8 4 , 6 4 7 ,0 8 1 . 4 3

11,202,819.79

1894-

1 9 , 5 6 2 , 149, 3 5 8 . 0 5

1 1 , 4 7 0 , 3 0 5 . 74

1895-

2 5 . 5 2 1 , 0 3 9 , 223.47

11,203,777.50

1896.

23, 794, 145.7 1 3 - 9 9

11, 730, 218. 22

1897-

2 3 , 8 8 0 , 9 7 0 , 766.75

12,665,355.05

1898.

2 8 , 1 9 5 , 8 0 8 , 124.09

13,005,476.81

217,660,577,914.39

117,761,614.37

T o t a l for 10 y e a r s .
1899-

29.837.546,658.48

14,909.364-85

1900-

31,490,349,019.45

17,585,180.25

1901..

3 1 , 7 4 5 . 5 2 7 . 179. 18

17,332,074.69

1902..

3 2 , 1 7 9 , 5 0 2 , 121.05

16,662,898.82

195




National

Monetary

Commission

General movement of operations and gross

earnings—Continued.

M o v e m e n t of
operations.

Gross earnings.

Francs.

Francs.
18, 298, 5 2 1 . 90
18,395.748.40
18.498,899.98

3 5 , 1 6 0 , 9 6 1 , 766. 78

190319041905igo6_
19071908.

3 6 , 0 8 5 , 2 0 7 , 0 4 4 . 18
40,424,814,815.19

19, 704,409-03
2i,122,923.50
20,639,024. 59

45.034.519.641.00
51,162,602,291.58
50,804,771.498.54
T o t a l for 10 y e a r s .

383,925,802,035.43

183,149,046.01

The character and frequency of changes in the rate of
discount have been discussed under appropriate heads, but
a convenient summary of the average rate for each year
since 1873, giving the volume of discounts and the amount
earned from them, is afforded in the next table:
Rate and amount of discounts.
R a t t of
disco u n t .

1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881.
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890

Average
maturity
of p a p e r .

Perc ~ent.
5 06

Francs.

Gross proc e e d s of
discount.

47

2, 0 1 9 , 3 0 0 , 0 0 0

Francs.
14.598,300

50

1,907,500,000

n , 105, 900

5oT70

1,916,900,000

9,189,600

50

1,822,200,000

7,859,600

5iX

1,894,200,000

8,206,900

21

5i

1,829,600,000

8,540,600

04

47
46

1.923,500,000

7,009,600

1,994,600,000

7,096,200

47

2, 0 3 4 , 2 0 0 , 0 0 0

8 , 5 7 7 . 7oo

45

2,059,100,000

44J-2

2

9 , 9 7 7 . 200
8,367,300

45
45

2,071,700,OOO

7,537.3oo

2,088,60O,OOO

7 , 5 0 3 . 700
6, 707, 700

4 37
3 85*
2 75
2 69
3
3

A m o u n t discounted.

3 35
4 08
4 42 X
3 60
3 32
3 28
2 80

012,400,000

47
47

2

2 , 1 6 7 , 3 0 0 , OOO

7,593.200
7, 5 6 6 , 000

2,228,TOO,OOO

8,573.5oo

22

45
45
44

2 , 3 5 5 . 5 0 0 , OOO

9,244,000

3 oo

39

2,512,800,OOO

8,344,500

3
3

10
32

3 58K
3

96

059,300,000

2,153,80O,OOO




National

Bank

of

Rate and amount of

Year.

Rate of
discount.

discounts—Continued.
Average
maturity
of paper.

Per cent.
1892
1893
1894
189S
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908

Belgium

2. 70

41
40
40
39
41
40
41
39
38

2.83
3.00
2. 60
2.84
3.00
3-. 0 4
3-. 9 2
4 09
3.28
3- 00
3- 17

42

3- 00

43

3- 17

43

3.84

44

4-95

44

3-S6

44

I97

Amount discounted.

Francs.
2,430,500, 000
2,463,600, 000
2, 546, 200,000
2,894,300, 000
2,785,600, 000
2,922,200, 000
3,026,900, 000
3,242,200, 000
3,442,800, 000
3,370,800, 000
3,428, 900,000
3,635,300, 000
3,603,100, 000
3,861,900, 000
4,255,500, 000
4,449,700, 000
4,362,400, 000




APPENDICES.

IQQ




APPENDIX

A.

THE EXCHANGE PROBLEM IN BELGIUM.
[From the New York Bankers' Magazine for August, 1909.]

The annual report of the director of the mint of Belgium, of which an abstract appears in 1/Economist e Europeen of May 22, throws considerable light on the problem
of the adverse exchange with France, in addition to the
facts presented in the annual report of the National Bank
of Belgium. It appears that the purchases of 5-franc
pieces, forced upon the Bank in order to maintain the
redemption of its notes and the integrity of the circulation, were not as large in 1908 as in 1907, but were larger
than in any other year except 1906. As recently as 1904,
when the discount rate was low, the Bank was compelled
to buy in Paris only 12,000,000 francs in silver pieces,
which was a marked improvement over 1899 and 1900,
when the money market was under severe pressure. The
purchases made by the Bank in 1900 were 35,500,000
francs. The record of the past eight years, with the average rate of discount at the National Bank, appears
below:
Silver pur! chased by
I the Bank.

Average
rate of
discount.

Francs.

Per cent.

14,500,000

3.28

11,000,000
25,000,000
12,000,000

3- 00

1 24,000,000
81,500,000

3- 17
3.84

98,500,000

4-95
3.56

79,000,000

3- 17
3-00




National

Monetary

Commission

The mint report is interesting in submitting a new
estimate of the quantity of 5-franc pieces still in circulation in Belgium. It is estimated that more than threefourths of the pieces coined under Leopold I, prior to
1867, have disappeared and that of the entire coinage of
495,678,210 francs from 1832 to 1876 (when coinage was
suspended) only about 375,000,000 francs are still in
existence. The circulation of these pieces in Belgium,
which was formerly calculated at 200,000,000 francs, is
believed to have been so reduced by exportation to
France that the amount remaining in circulation does
not exceed 100,000,000 to 150,000,000 francs. It is
declared that exchange on Paris has been unfavorable,
as in preceding years. The premium, which fell below 1
per 1,000 in January and February, 1908, rose progressively to 4 per 1,000 in November, to return to 3 per 1,000
in December. The average for the year was 2}/%. The
effect of the premium was to encourage the exportation
not only of the 5-franc pieces, but even of subsidiary silver. The Government and the National Bank have both
taken measures to hamper this flight of currency. The
railway officials have taken steps to prevent important
transfers of silver in the form of ordinary baggage, and
ticket sellers and treasury officials have been forbidden
to make exchanges of money except within normal limits.
The Bank has endeavored to meet the legitimate demand
for exchange by its offerings of foreign bills.




APPENDIX

B.

THE FUNDAMENTAL LAWS CREATING AND
EXTENDING THE CHARTER OF THE BANK.
Laws of May 5, 1850; May 20,1872; and March 26,1900,
combined according to a royal decree of May 7, 1900.
(Moniteur of August 18, No. 230.)
ARTICLE

l.a

A bank is hereby founded under the name of National
Bank of Belgium, with head office in Brussels.
ARTICLE

II. 6

The Bank shall establish discount offices in capitals of
provinces, and also in towns where the need of them shall
be manifest.
A discount committee shall be connected with each
discount office in towns where deemed necessary by the
Government, after having consulted the directors of the
Bank.
ARTICLE I I I . C

The corporate existence of the Bank is extended to
January 1, 1929. This term may be extended by law,
upon the request of a majority of a meeting of shareholders.
* Article I of the law of March 26, 1900.
& From the law of May 5, 1850.
c Article I I I of the law of May 5, 1850; Article I, part 1, of the law of
May 20, 1872; Article I I , part 2, of the law of March 26, 1900.
203




National

Monetary
ARTICLE

Commission
IV."

The capital of the Bank shall be 50,000,000 francs,
divided into 50,000 shares, registered or to bearer, of
1,000 francs each.
ARTICLE

V. 6

The Bank shall begin business when three-fifths of each
share shall have been paid in.
The administration of the Bank shall cause the capital
to be restored up to 15,000,000 francs, if it should be
impared by losses.
The administration is empowered to call up funds if
business expansion should require it.
The mode and conditions of payment shall be regulated by the statutes.
The Bank shall collect interest at the rate of 3 per
cent per annum on the amounts not paid in.
ARTICLE

VI.C

A reserve fund shall be created for the following purposes: *
1. To meet losses in the Bank's capital.
2. To add a sufficient amount to the yearly profits to
allow the payment of a dividend of 4 per cent on the
amount paid in.
The amount set aside to constitute the reserve fund
shall be 10 per cent of the annual profits in excess of 4
per cent of the capital.
a Article IV of the law of May 5, 1850, reads as follows: " T h e corporate
capital is 25,000,000 francs, divided into 25,000 shares, registered or to
bearer, of 1,000 francs each." And Article I, part 2, of the law of May 20,
1872, states: " T h e Bank's capital shall be increased to 50,000,000 francs."
b From the law of May 5, 1850, which has since become inoperative.
c Article I I I of the law of March 26, 1900.
204




National

Bank
ARTICLE

of

Belgium

VII. a

One-quarter of the profits in excess of 4 per cent is
assigned to the Government. The Government shall,
moreover, receive an allowance of one-quarter of 1 per
cent semiannually on the average circulation of notes in
excess of 275,000,000 francs.
ARTICLE VII

(2).*

The profit accruing to the Bank from the difference
between an interest rate of 3 ^ per cent and the rate of
interest actually collected shall be assigned to the State.
ARTICLE

VIII. c

The operations of the Bank shall be as follows:
1. To discount or purchase bills of exchange and other
documents resulting from commercial transactions, and
treasury bonds within the limits to be determined by the
statutes.
The following are deemed commercial transactions for
the purposes of this provision: Purchases and sales by
farmers, and to them, of cattle, agricultural implements,
fertilizers, seed, crops, and generally of merchandise and
produce relating to the practice of their industry.
2. To deal in gold and silver bullion.
3. To make loans on gold and silver bars and coin.
4. To undertake the collection of bills which may be
remitted to it by private individuals or corporations.
5. To receive sums of money on deposit in current account, and securities, precious metals, and gold and silver
coin for safe-keeping.
a Article I I , third paragraph, of the law of March 26, 1900.
& Article I I , fourth paragraph, of the law of March 26, 1900.
c Article V I I I of the law of May 5, 1850 and Article X I of the law of
March 26, 1900.
205




National

Monetary

Commission

6. Finally, to make advances on current account or for
short terms upon the deposit of national public securities
or other securities guaranteed by the State, within limits
and conditions to be determined periodically by the administration of the Bank, jointly with the council of censors, with the approval of the Minister of Finance.
ARTICLE

IX. a

The Bank is expressly prohibited from undertaking operations other than those set forth in Article VIII.
The Bank shall not be permitted to borrow, nor to make
loans, either on bonds and mortgages or upon the deposit
of industrial shares.
It shall not make loans on its own shares, nor buy them.
It shall not take any part, either directly or indirectly,
in industrial enterprises, or undertake any kind of business
other than that set forth in paragraph 2 of the preceding
article.
It shall not acquire real estate other than the premises
which are absolutely necessary for carrying on its business.
ARTICLE

X. a

The Bank shall act as cashier for the State under conditions to be determined by law.
ARTICLE

XI.

If a savings bank shall be established,6 the Government
reserves the right to have it managed by the Bank. This
a From the law of May 5, 1850.
b The law of March 16, 1865, created a general savings and pension office
under the guaranty of the State. Article 39 of said law reads as follows:
" The relations between the savings bank and the National Bank shall be
regulated by the Government, in accordance with Article X I of the law of
May 5, 1850."
206




National

Bank

of

Belgium

service shall be distinct and independent from the business
of the Bank, and its organization shall be the subject of a
law.
ARTICLE

XII.

The Bank may issue notes payable to bearer. The
amount in circulation shall be represented by securities
which can be easily converted into cash.
The proportion between the cash reserve and the notes
in circulation shall be fixed by the statutes.
ARTICLE

XIII/'

The Government, by agreement with the Bank, shall
determine the form of the notes, the method of their issue,
and the amount of each denomination.
The text of those which shall be issued in the future 6
shall be expressed in the two official languages.
ARTICLE

XIII (2).°

Within one month following the promulgation of the
present law,d the Bank shall pay into the public treasury
the value of the bank notes belonging to the issues prior
to the year 1869, which have not yet been presented for
redemption.
Whenever a type of bank note shall be replaced or
abolished, the Bank, at the expiration of a period fixed
in each case by special agreement, shall pay into the
treasury the value of the notes of that type which shall
not have been presented for redemption.
a Article X I I I of the law of May 5, 1850, and Article V of the law of
March 26, 1900.
b Beginning March 26, 1900.
c Article VI of the law of March 26, 1900.
d Law of March 26, 1900.
207




National

Monetary

Commission

This provision shall be applicable to the notes of 20
francs of the type prior to that created in 1897.
The notes of which the equivalent shall have been paid
into the treasury shall be deducted from the amount of
the outstanding circulation, and the redemption of such
notes as shall be subsequently presented at the counters
of the Bank shall be made on account of the treasury.
ARTICLE

XIV."

The notes shall be payable at sight at the offices of the
Bank in Brussels.
The notes shall be payable at sight at the country
agencies of the bank, but such payments may be deferred
until there has been time to receive the necessary funds.
The Government is authorized to receive the notes at
state offices.6
ARTICLE XV.

C

To facilitate transfers of funds, the Bank is authorized
to issue drafts payable several days after sight.
ARTICLE

XVI. d

The Bank may be authorized by the Government to
purchase public securities, but shall not hold an amount
exceeding the amount of its paid-up capital.
« Article X I V of the law of May 5, 1850, and Article I, paragraph 5,
of the law of May 20, 1872.
& Law of June 20, 1873, Article VI: "Notes of the National Bank are
legal tender so long as they are redeemable at sight in legal coin." This
privilege would immediately cease should the notes of the National Bank
be refused a t the state offices.
c From the law of May 5, 1850.
d Article XVI of the law of May 5, 1850, and Article I, paragraph 6, of
the law of May 20, 1872.
208




National

Bank

of

Belgium

No purchase shall be made except by virtue of authority given by the Minister of Finance, on application
of t h e administration of the Bank, approved by the council
of censors.
The investment of the reserve in public funds shall be
discretionary.
ARTICLE

XVII.

The management of the Bank shall be in the hands of
a governor and six directors.
ARTICLE

XVIII.

There shall be also a council of censors and a. committee
of discount.
ARTICLE

XIX.

The governor shall be appointed by the King for five
years. While holding t h a t office he can not be a member
of either branch of the Legislature nor receive any pension
from t h e State.
A member of either House, when appointed governor,
terminates immediately his legislative functions upon
his acceptance of the office.
The governor, if elected a member of either House, shall
not be permitted to take the oath as such until he has
formally declared his preference for the latter office.
ARTICLE

XX.

The directors and t h e censors shall be elected by the
general assembly of the shareholders.
The duration of office for directors and censors, and
t h e order of rotation, shall be regulated by t h e statutes.
85519—ro

14

209




National

Monetary
ARTICLE

Commission
XXI. a

A commissioner shall be appointed by the Government
to supervise operations, and especially discount and the
issue of notes. His salary shall be fixed by the Government by agreement with the management of the Bank,
and shall be paid by the Bank.
ARTICLE

XXII.

The management of the Bank shall present to the Government monthly a statement showing the condition of
the institution and of its discount offices. This statement shall be published monthly in the Moniteur.6
The result of operations and the declaration of dividends shall be published every six months in the same
way.
ARTICLE XXIII. C
Changes made in the statutes of the Bank must be in
accordance with the principles set forth in the present
law.<*
Changes may be made on other points not regulated
by law. They shall be submitted to the King for his
approval.
ARTICLE XXIV.
The Government has the right to control all operations.
It shall have the power to prevent the execution of any
a From the law of May 5, 1850.
& I n pursuance of Article 47 of the new by-laws, the publication takes
place weekly.
c Article V I I I of the law of March 26, 1900.
<*The first statutes of the Bank were promulgated in pursuance of
Article. X X I I I of the law of May 5, 1850, and modified in accordance with
the law of May 20, 1872, Article I I I .
210




National

Bank

of

Belgium

measure which shall be contrary to the law, to the statutes, or to the interests of the State.
ARTICLE

XXV.

No bank of issue shall be constituted by shares, except
under the form of a joint stock company and by virtue
of a law.
a
ARTICLE XXVI.
The National Bank and its branches, discount offices,
and agencies shall conform to the provisions of the law
of May 22, 1878, concerning the use of the Flemish
language in official matters; and this provision shall
apply to all blank forms and to signs on the exterior
and interior of buildings.
An adequate knowledge of both languages shall be
required of all employees to be chosen in future for service in Flemish districts, including that of Brussels, who
come in contact with the public.
TEMPORARY PROVISION. 6

The present law shall take effect from the 1st of January, 1900. However, the benefits prescribed in favor
of the State are to take effect from the 1st of January
preceding.
The Bank is authorized to pay out of its reserve funds
the difference between the amount due the State in pursuance of the preceding paragraph, and the amount
already paid into the treasury in accordance with the
provisions in force on December 31, 1899. The amount
a Article VII of the law of March 26, 1900.
6 Article X of the law of March 26, 1900.
211




National

Monetary

Commission

of such difference shall be restored to the reserve by means
of assessments on the profits in future years.
Noted and approved, to be added to our decree of August 7, 1900.
LEOPOLD.

By the King:
P. DE SMET DE NAEYER,

Minister of Finance and Public Works,

212




APPENDIX C.

LAW REGULATING THE FUNCTIONS OF CASHIER
FOR THE STATE.
Laws of May 10, 1850, May 20, 1872, and March 26,
1900, consolidated in pursuance of royal decree of August
7, 1900. (Moniteur of August 18, No. 230.)
ARTICLE

I.°

The Government is authorized to intrust to the National
Bank of Belgium the functions of cashier for the State.
ARTICLE

II. a

As such, the Bank is deemed to be accountant for
State, and subject to all regulations prescribed by
regarding accounting and by the fundamental law of
court of accounts, which are not inconsistent with
principles governing stock companies.
ARTICLE

the
law
the
the

III.°

The Bank shall establish an agency in the capital of
each judicial district, and also in such towns as the Government shall deem advisable in the interest of the treasury
or of the public.
ARTICLE

IV.°

The Bank is accountable for its administration and that
of its agents. Exception shall be made only in cases of
a From the law of May 10, 1850.
213




National

Monetary

Commission

superior force, the existence of which and the use of funds
collected for account of the State shall have been clearly
established.
ARTICLE

V. a

Agents of the Bank shall be appointed by the King from
a list of candidates presented by the council of administration of the Bank containing twice as many names as
there are agents to be appointed.
They shall not be entitled to claim a pension from the
treasury. They shall furnish a bond to the cashier for
the faithful performance of their duties, consisting of
either real estate or national bonds.
ARTICLE

VI.°

The journals and other registers relating to operations
for the treasury shall be kept in accordance with a method
to be determined by the Government. The journals shall
be numbered and initialed by a member of the court of
accounts.
The agents of the Bank shall permit the vaults, registers, and journals to be examined by the officials appointed
for that purpose by the Minister of Finance.
ARTICLE

VII. 6

The National Bank shall perform gratuitously the service of cashier for the State.
The Bank shall bear all expenses of management, of
material, of transportation, and of transfer of funds, and
shall share in the expenses of the treasury in the Prova F r o m the law of May 10, 1850.
b Article IV of the law of May 20, 1872, and Article I I , paragraph 5 of
the law of March 26, 1900.
214




National

Bank

of

Belgium

inces to an amount of 230,000 francs annually. This
amount shall not be increased at the revision of the convention provided for by Article IX of this act.
The available funds of the treasury in excess of requirements shall be invested by the Bank in commercial paper.
The Bank shall be guarantor for the securities acquired
or set aside for account of the treasury.
ARTICLE

Ylll.a

The provisions of the law of September 5-15, 1807,
regulating the privilege and legal lien of the public treasury on the estates of accountants, shall apply to the cashier
for the State.
ARTICLE

IX. 6

The agreement entered into between the Government
and the Bank is subject to revision every ten years.
Noted and approved, to be added to our decree of August
7, 1900.
LEOPOLD.

By the King:
P. DE SMET DE NAEYER,

Minister of Finance and Public Works.
a

From the law of May 10, 1850.
& Article IV of the law of March 26, 1900.

215




APPENDIX

D.

STATUTES OF THE BANK.
Adopted at the general assembly of shareholders of
May 5, 1900, and approved by royal decree of May 16,
1900. (Moniteur of May 24, 1900, No. 144.)
CHAPTER

I.—Organization.

The National Bank of Belgium, founded
as a joint stock company, in pursuance of the law of May
5, 1850, and the laws of May 20, 1872, and March 26,
1900, shall have its head office in Brussels.
ART. 2. It shall have branches or discount offices in
the provincial capitals and in other towns, where the need
of such establishments is recognized.
ART. 3. The Bank shall open an agency in the capital
of each judicial district, and also in such towns as the
Government shall deem advisable in the interest of the
treasury or of the public.
ART. 4. The corporate existence of the Bank is extended
to January 1, 1929, in pursuance of the law of March 26,
ARTICLE I .

1900.

This term may be extended by law, upon the request of
a majority of the general assembly of shareholders.
ART. 5. The Bank shall be legally liquidated should
losses shown by the balance sheet exceed one-half the
corporate capital.
In any other case, the liquidation can not take place
before the time fixed by law, except with the consent of
216




National

Bank

of

Belgium

the Government and in pursuance of a resolution carried
by a majority of three-quarters of the shareholders in
general assembly and owning at least one-half the stock
of the Bank.
In case of dissolution, either at the end of the term or
before the term, the assembly shall elect the liquidators
and regulate their powers, as well as the mode of procedure, according to common law.
CHAPTER

II.—Capital and reserve.

ART. 6. The joint capital consists of 50,000,000 francs,
divided into 50,000 shares of 1,000 francs each.
ART. 7. Each share shall give the-right to a proportionate and* equal part in the joint assets and in the
division of profits.
ART. 8. The rights and obligations pertaining to each
share follow the title to same, to whomsoever it may pass.
Shares can not be divided as far as concerns the Bank;
it recognizes but one owner for each share.
ART. 9. The ownership of a share involves compliance
with the statutes of the Bank and with decisions regularly taken at a general assembly.
ART. 10. The heirs or creditors of a shareholder can
neither cause official seals to be affixed on the chattels
and securities of the Bank, nor ask distribution or sale
at auction, nor meddle with its management.
For the assertion of their rights, they must abide by
the published reports of the Bank and the deliberations
of the general assembly.
ART. 11. Fully paid shares are either registered or to
bearer, and may be converted, free of charge, at the pleasure of the owner.
217




National

Monetary

Commission

ART. 12. The ownership of a registered share is established by the entry on the records of the Bank.
Registers to that effect are kept in duplicate at the head
office. The beneficiary receives a certificate which is
not transferable.
ART. 13. The transfer of registered shares is effected
by means of a declaration of transfer entered on the books
of the Bank, dated and signed by the assignor and the
assignee, or their attorneys in fact, as well as by a director
and a clerk of the Bank.
ART. 14. The transfer of shares to bearer is effected by
the delivery of the certificate.
ART. 15. Shareholders are not liable beyond the loss of
the amount of their shares in the Bank.
ART. 16. A reserve fund shall be created, for the following purposes:
1. To meet losses in the capital.
2. To add to the yearly profits a sufficient amount to
insure a dividend of 4 per cent on the nominal capital.
ART. 17. The amount set aside for the formation of the
reserve shall be 10 per cent of the net profits in excess of
4 per cent per annum.
ART. 18. The mode of investing the reserve shall be
discretionary. The income shall form part of the general
earnings of the Bank.
CHAPTER

III.—Operations.

ART. 19. The operations of the Bank shall be as follows:
1. To discount or purchase bills of exchange and other
documents resulting from commercial transactions, as
well as treasury bonds.
218




National

Bank

of

Belgium

The following are deemed commercial transactions for
the purposes of this provision: Purchases and sales by
farmers, and to them, of cattle, agricultural implements,
fertilizers, seed, crops, and generally of merchandise and
produce relating to the practice of their industry.
2. To deal in gold and silver bullion.
3. To make loans on gold and silver bars and coin.
4. To undertake the collection of bills which may be
remitted to it by private individuals or corporations.
5. To receive sums of money on deposit in current
account, and securities, precious metals, and gold and silver coin for safe-keeping.
6. Finally, to make advances on current account or
for short terms upon the deposit of national public
securities or other securities guaranteed by the State,
within limits and conditions to be determined periodically
by the council of administration, jointly with tfre council
of censors, with the approval of the Minister of Finance.
ART. 20. The Bank is expressly prohibited from undertaking operations other than those set forth in the preceding article.
The Bank shall not borrow nor make loans, either on
bonds and mortgages or against the deposit of industrial
shares and bonds.
It shall not make loans on its own shares nor buy them.
It shall not take any part, either directly or indirectly,
in industrial or commercial enterprises or undertake any
other form of commerce than dealing in gold and silver
bullion.
It shall not acquire real estate other than the premises
which are absolutely necessary for carrying on its business.
219




National

Monetary

Commission

ART. 21. Only such commercial bills shall be discounted
as are made payable to order, stamped, resulting from a
genuine business transaction, having not more than one
hundred days to run and guaranteed by three solvent
signatures.
However, commercial bills with two signatures may be
admitted in such cases, manner, and conditions as may
be determined by regulations adopted by the general
council and approved by the Minister of Finance.
A pledge of warehouse receipts, merchandise, or public
funds of sufficient value to guarantee the total of the
claim may take the place of one signature.
ART. 22. The maturity of treasury bonds admitted for
discount shall not exceed one hundred days. The rate
of discount shall be fixed by mutual agreement with the
Minister of Finance.
ART. 23. The Bank shall not carry in its assets discounted treasury bonds for more than 20,000,000 francs.
ART. 24. The rate of discount for Brussels, as well as
for the discount offices, and the amount of treasury
bonds to be admitted to discount shall be fixed weekty.
The rate may be changed in the meantime.
ART. 25. The amount and the rate for loans to be made
upon deposits of national bonds, treasury bonds, and
other securities guaranteed by the State shall be determined every week.
Such loans can be made only to solvent parties and
for a period not exceeding four months.
Securities shall not be accepted as collateral for more
than four-fifths of their value at the market rate.
The securities pledged shall be sold at the Bourse, if
the loans are not repaid at maturity. Not more than
22®




National

Bank

of

Belgium

one renewal shall be permitted, except by special permission granted by the council of administration.
ART. 26. The Bank may be authorized by the Government to purchase public securities, including treasury
bonds, but not for an amount exceeding the paid-up capital
of the Bank.
No purchase shall be made except with the permission
of the Minister of Finance, upon application of the management, approved by the council of censors.
Such permission shall be applicable specifically to each
transaction and shall be considered void if not used
within the month.
ART. 27. The Bank m ^ issue notes to bearer.
The amount of notes in circulation must be represented
by securities which can be easily converted into cash.
ART. 28. The Government, by agreement with the
Bank, determines the form of the notes and the method
of their issue. It fixes the quantity of notes of denominations below 50 francs, and determines, by agreement
with the Bank, the quantity of notes of the denomination of 50 francs and above.
ART. 29. The text of the notes to be issued in future
shall be expressed in the two official languages.
The Bank shall conform to the provisions of Article VII
of the law of March 26, 1900, concerning the use of the
Flemish language.
ART. 30. The notes shall be payable at sight at the
offices of the Bank in Brussels and at its agencies in the
country. Payment at the agencies may, however, be
deferred until there has been time to receive the necessary
funds.
221




National

Monetary

Commission

ART. 31. These notes shall continue to be received in
payments at state offices.
The authority given by virtue of Article XIV of the
law of May 5, 1850, is subject to repeal.
ART. 32. Whenever a type of bank note shall be replaced or abolished, the Bank, at the expiration of a period
fixed in each case by special agreement, shall pay into the
treasury the value of the notes of that type which shall
not have been presented for redemption.
This provision shall be applicable to notes of 20 francs
of the type prior to that created in 1897.
ART. 33. The notes of which the equivalent shall have
been paid into the treasury shall be deducted from the
amount of the outstanding circulation, and the redemption of such notes as shall be subsequently presented at
the counters of the Bank shall be made on account of the
treasury.
The amount thereof shall be collected from the treasury at the end of each half year.
ART. 34. The Bank is required to have a metallic
reserve equal to one-third of the amount of its notes and
other liabilities payable at sight.
The reserve shall be permitted, however, to fall below
one-third under circumstances and within limits which
shall be sanctioned by the Minister of Finance.
ART. 35. To facilitate transfers of funds, the Bank
may issue transfer orders or drafts payable at sight or
at not exceeding seven days' sight, bank notes to order,
or checks accepted and certified payable by the Bank.
It may cooperate in creating and managing clearing
houses.
222




National

Bank

of

Belgium

The obligations issued in pursuance of the present
article shall be recorded on a separate account in the
statement of condition.
ART. 36. The Bank has the privilege of issuing certificates for the amounts entered to its credit on the ledger
of the public debt.
ART. 37. The Bank shall perform gratuitously the
service of cashier for the State.
It shall bear all expenses of management, of material, of transportation, and of insurance and transfers of
funds and securities, and shall share in the expenses of
the treasury in the provinces to an amount of 230,000
francs annually. This amount shall not be increased at
the revision of the convention provided by Article IX
of the law of May 10, 1850, as modified by Article IV of
the law of March 26, 1900.
Available treasury funds in excess of current requirements shall be invested by the Bank in commercial paper;
it shall be responsible for the paper purchased or set
aside for the account of the treasury.
ART. 38. The Bank attends to the operation of the general savings bank and pension fund founded under the
guaranty of the State by the law of March 16, 1865.
The temporary investment of the assets of that fund,
as well as the conversion of the same into cash, is made
by the Bank, which, for these operations, keeps accounts
and records separate from its own.
Deposits for account of this fund are received and
reimbursed at all the agencies of the Bank.
ART. 39. The Bank may accept in the character of
collateral, mortgage, or transfer real estate or other
223




National

Monetary

Commission

chattels as security for credits which are doubtful or in
suspense.
Such real estate or chattels shall be disposed of within
two years, unless the Minister of Finance grants a longer
term.
A R T . 40. The Bank undertakes to furnish safe-deposit
vaults free of charge for sealed deposits made by recognized m u t u a l benefit societies, the cost of transportation
of securities to Brussels being alone charged to t h e depositors. Ordinary deposits made by the same organizations
shall be kept b y t h e Bank at the usual scale of prices,
t h e expenses of t h e first shipment of securities for account
of a m u t u a l benefit society being borne b y t h e Bank.
CHAPTER

IV.—Balance sheet and distribution

of

profits.

A R T . 41. On J u n e 30 and on December 31 of each year
t h e council of administration shall draw a balance sheet.
Within t h e t w e n t y days following each semiannual
balance is submitted to t h e council of censors, who have
t w e n t y days t o examine it.
The approval of t h e balance sheet by the council of
censors, by a majority of at least five votes, is equivalent
t o a release of responsibility for t h e directors. In case
of refusal to approve, the general assembly decides.
ART. 42. The expenses of management, corporate outlays of all kinds, and sinking-fund p a y m e n t s are all deducted from t h e gross profits in order to draw t h e balance.
There must also be deducted, if there be occasion, t h e
allowances to be made to the State, to wit:
1. The profit resulting from the difference between
interest at 3 ^ per cent and t h e rate of interest collected
through operations of discount and loans.
224




National

Bank

of

Belgium

2. One-quarter of i per cent each half year on the excess of the average circulation of notes above 275,000,000
francs.
ART. 43. The net profit shown in the balance sheet is
apportioned as follows:
1. To the shareholders, a first dividend of 2 per cent.
2. To the public treasury, one-quarter of the excess.
3. To the reserve fund, 10 per cent of the same excess.
4. To the council of administration, 4 per cent, and to
the censors 1 per cent of the same excess.
5. To the shareholders, the remainder as a second
dividend.
However, there shall be levied on this second dividend
a sum not exceeding 25 centimes per share in each half
year, which shall be applied by the council of administration to charitable purposes.
ART. 44. The profit accrued to the shareholders for
the first half year is distributed in one payment on the
1st of September of the current year, and the profit for
the second half year on the 1st of March of the ensuing
year.
ART. 45. Should the half-yearly profit to be distributed
to the shareholders be less than 2 per cent, the amount
shall be made up by drawing on the reserve fund.
This deduction shall be restored to the reserve in the
ensuing half year if it can be done without reducing the
profits to be distributed to an amount less than 2 per cent.
ART. 46. The balance sheet and profit and loss account
of the half year shall be published at the end of each period
in the Moniteur Beige.
The balance sheets and the profit and loss accounts for
both half years, as well as the reports of the administra85519—01

15

225




National

Monetary

Commission

tion and of the censors on the operations for the year, are
printed and forwarded to the shareholders at least five
days before the ordinary meeting of the general assembly
in the month of February.
ART. 47. The management forwards every week to the
Minister of Finance a statement showing the condition
of the institution and of its agencies on the preceding
Thursday.
These statements are published in the Moniteur.
CHAPTER

V.—Management.

SECTION I .—Fundamental provisions.

ART. 48. The management of the Bank is in the hands
of a governor and six directors, forming together the council of administration.
The Bank is supervised by a board of censors composed
of seven members.
There shall also be a board of discount.
ART. 49. The governor is appointed, and may be dismissed or suspended by the King.
The appointment is made for five years; it may be renewed without limit for the same term.
Suspension can not exceed three months.
ART. 50. The governor is required to reside in Brussels.
His salary is fixed by the King and paid by the Bank,
which, moreover, makes provision for a residence and the
furnishing of the same.
ART. 51. The governor shall not, during the continuance
of his functions, be a member of either branch of the Legislature, or receive a pension paid by the State.
226




National

Bank

of

Belgium

A member of either House, when appointed governor,
ceases at once, in case of his acceptance, to be a member
of the Legislature.
When a governor is elected a member of either Chamber,
he is not permitted to take the oath as such until he has
declared that he chooses the latter office.
ART. 52. Directors are elected by the general assembly
for six years. They are always reeligible.
They must be Belgians, native or naturalized.
They are bound to reside within the Brussels district.
Their salary is fixed at 6,000 francs.
ART. 53. One of the directors retires from office on January 1 in each year.
A director elected to take the place of a director who
is deceased or has resigned completes the term of the one
he replaces.
ART. 54. The King appoints the director who is called
upon to fill the place of the governor in case of absence,
disability, or suspension.
This director takes the title of vice-governor and receives an annual allowance of 3,000 francs.
ART. 55. The governor, or the director who fills his
place, may give power of attorney for current business to
one or more of the directors.
The conditions of such delegation of authority are determined by the regulations for internal government.
ART. 56. The governor and the directors can not be on
the board of any other bank.
ART. 57. The board of censors elects from its own number its president and secretary.
ART. 58. Censors are elected by the general assembly
for a term of three years and may be reelected.
227




National

Monetary

Commission

Their functions cease after the general assembly in
February.
They retire from office by series, one of three members,
the other two of two members.
The second paragraph of article 53 applies to the
censors.
ART. 59. Before entering office the governor must
qualify as owner of 50 registered shares, each of the
directors as owner of 25 shares, and each censor as owner
of 10 shares.
These shares, pledged as a guaranty for their administration, can not be transferred, and can only be released
to their owners after approval of the balance sheets for
the year in which their administration ceases.
The fact that these shares are applied as surety bonds
is mentioned on the records and on the certificates.
ART. 60. The governor, the directors, and the censors
do not incur any personal liability by reason of the
Bank's engagements; they are responsible only for the
performance of their duties.
ART. 61. If the share in the half-yearly profits, allowed
in pursuance of article 43, exceeds 80,000 francs for the
directors and 17,500 francs for the censors, the general
assembly shall have the power to decide that such share
be reduced to said figures.
ART. 62. The secretary and the treasurer are appointed
by the general council, which shall have power to dismiss
them.
The regulations for internal government determine the
duties pertaining to their offices.

228




National

Bank

of

Belgium

SECTION 2.—The governor.

ART. 63. The governor presides over the council of
administration, the general council, and the general
assembly.
He attends to the execution of their decisions.
He presents to the general assembly the statements
prepared by the council of administration.
He watches over the observance of the fundamental
laws of the Bank, the statutes, and the regulations.
He releases recorded mortgages, after being authorized
thereto by the board of directors, without having to justify
the payment.
Actions at law are brought by him in the name of the
management.
In conformity with the decisions of the directors, he
signs agreements, transactions, and documents of all
kinds.
Documents binding the Bank, other than routine
papers, should be countersigned by the secretary.
ART. 64. The governor may suspend the carrying out
of decisions of the council of administration, in order to
submit them to the general council, which for this purpose
shall be summoned immediately.
He suspends and reports to the Government every
decision which would be contrary to the law, to the statutes, or to the interests of the State.
If the Government does not take action within fifteen
days from the time of such report, the decision may then
be carried out.

229




National

Monetary
SECTION 3.—The council of

Commission
administration.

ART. 65.—The council of administration passes upon
all transactions, excepting those regulated by the laws,
the statutes, and the regulations for internal management,.
It determines the rate and conditions of discount and
the amount to be applied to the discount of treasury
bonds, to loans on state bonds, and to purchases thereof,
all subject to the approval of the council of censors.
It appoints and dismisses employees, determines their
salaries, and, if necessary, the amount of their surety bond.
It designates those who may receipt for payments or
deposits or settle bills receivable.
It may give power of attorney for acts or documents to
be signed outside of Brussels.
It proposes names for the appointment of agents of the
cashier for the State, and determines their salaries and
the amount of their surety bond.
It has the right to compromise and arbitrate, after consultation with the council of censors.
It makes reports to the general assembly on the transactions of the Bank.
ART. 66. The board can not deliberate unless a majority
of its members is present.
Resolutions are passed by a majority of votes. In case
of even division, the vote of the president prevails.
ART. 67. Minutes are kept of the deliberations. Mention is made therein of the nature of transactions, of their
object, and summarily of the reasons for the decisions
reached.
The minutes are signed by all the members present and
by the secretary.
230




National

Bank

of

Belgium

SECTION 4.—The council of censors.

ART. 68. The censors have the right to supervise all
operations and to have all records exhibited to them.
They examine and, if there is occasion, approve the
balance sheets and vote on the amount of expenditures on
the proposals made by the council of administration.
The following matters are submitted to the board of
censors:
Decisions of the council of administration changing the
rate and conditions of discount; the amount of treasury
bonds to be admitted for discount; and the terms for loans
on state bonds and other securities guaranteed by the
State, as well as decisions determining exchange charges
and the investments to be made in public funds.
Nevertheless, in case of necessity, the council of administration may change the rate of discount, its decisions to
be submitted within five days to the censors for their
approval.
ART. 69. The council of censors meets at least once a
month.
It can not deliberate unless at least four of its members
are present.
Resolutions are carried by a majority of votes. If
evenly divided, the matter in question is referred to the
general council for decision.
If a quorum of the censors is not present, the general
council may take action in case of emergency.
ART. 70. One-half of the share in the profits assigned to
the censors, in pursuance of paragraph 4 of article 43, is
distributed in fees for attendance.
231




National

Monetary

Commission

SECTION 5.—The general council.

ART. 71. The governor, the directors, and the censors
form the general council.
ART. 72. The general council meets at least once a
month for the purpose of considering the condition of the
Bank.
It passes upon all matters submitted to it in accordance
with either the statutes or the regulations for internal
management.
It determines definitively concerning the distribution of
profits.
It determines the conditions on which deposits are received; but these conditions are submitted to the Minister
of Finance for approval.
On proposals made by the council of administration, it
decides upon the regulations for internal management, as
well as upon the general regulations concerning the organization of branches, discount offices, and agencies. All
these regulations are submitted to the Minister of Finance
for approval.
It considers proposals for opening branches, discount
offices, and agencies in the country, on their form of organization, and on all matters relating to the issue of bank
notes.
It fixes salaries and, if necessary, the amount of surety
bonds of the secretary and of the treasurer.
ART. 73. Except in the case provided for in the last
paragraph of article 69, no deliberation can take place in
the general council unless a majority of the members of
the council of administration and of the council of censors
are present.
232




National

Bank

of

Belgium

Decisions are carried by a majority of the votes cast.
In case of even division, the president has the deciding
vote.
SECTION 6.—Discount committee.

ART. 74. The discount committee at the head office of
the Bank is composed of two sections of at least three
members each, appointed by the general council, which
determines upon their fees for attendance.
They may be chosen among the censors.
One-half the committee is renewed every year, but the
members whose terms have expired are reeligible.
ART. 75. The days and hours of meeting of each section
are fixed by a special regulation.
Each section is presided over by a director. It examines the paper submitted and presents to the directors
the bills which fulfill the required conditions.
CHAPTER

VI.—Government commissioner.

ART. 76. The commissioner of the Government watches
over the operations of the Bank and especially discounts,
the issue of notes, and the investment of the available
funds of the treasury.
His salary, fixed by the King, by agreement with the
directors of the Bank, is paid by the latter.
ART. 77. The commissioner of the Government has the
right at all times to examine into the condition of affairs,
and to verify the books and the cash.
The directors are bound to furnish him, whenever
required by him, a report on the Bank's condition, certified to be correct.
233




National

Monetary

Commis s ion

ART. 78. The commissioner, whenever he deems it
proper, may be present at the meetings of the general
assembly, of the councils, and of the committees.
He has the right of discussion, without the right of
voting.
CHAPTER VII.—General assemblies.
ART. 79. The general assembly represents the aggregate of the shareholders.
Its decisions, when regularly reached, are obligatory
even upon the absent or dissenting members.
ART. 80. The general assembly is composed of shareholders, owners of ten registered shares, which have stood
in their name for at least twenty days, or of ten shares to
bearer deposited either in the head office or in the agencies designated by the board of directors.
A shareholder can not appoint anyone to represent
him, except a party who is himself entitled to vote.
Societies, companies, and corporations may, however,
be represented by a member chosen for that purpose;
and minors or persons under guardianship are legally
represented by their guardians or trustees.
Powers of attorney and other documents proving the
right to be present at the general assembly, in accordance
with the two preceding paragraphs, must be remitted to
the Bank at least three days before the meeting. They
must be signed by the parties presenting them.
ART. 81. Before the meeting opens, the shareholders
sign their names to the presence list.
ART. 82. Ten shares give the right to one vote.
No one can have more than five votes as shareholder
and five votes as attorney for others, whatever may be
the number of his principals.
234




National

Bank

of

Belgium

ART. 83. The ordinary meetings of the general assembly take place on the last Monday of February and the
last Monday in August.
It passes, if necessary, upon the balance sheet of the
preceding half year, in the case provided for by article 41
of the present statutes.
At the February meeting the administration reports on
the operations for the year ending December 31 preceding.
At the August meeting it elects the director and the
censors to take the place of those whose terms expire at
the end of the year.
At either of these meetings it may fill vacancies caused
by death, resignation, or otherwise.
ART. 84. The general assembly may be convoked for an
extraordinary meeting whenever the council of administration considers it expedient.
It must be called—
1. When the meeting is required either by the board of
censors, or by not less than 20 shareholders having the
right to vote.
2. When the number of directors or the number of censors is reduced to four.
ART. 85. The meetings, either ordinary or extraordinary, are called at least fifteen days in advance, by registered letters sent to the registered shareholders having the
right to vote and, further, by publication in the Moniteur
and in two of the principal daily papers of Brussels, one
month before the day of the meeting.
If the general council decides that there is urgency, this
latter delay may be reduced to fifteen days.
In any case these notices must mention the time when
shares to bearer can be deposited.
235




National

Monetary

Commission

ART. 86. All notices of meetings must state the subjects
on which the assembly shall or may be called to deliberate.
ART. 87. The two largest shareholders present, who are
not members of the administration and are willing to act,
shall be tellers of election.
They sign the minutes with the president and the members of the council of administration.
ART. 88. The general assembly deliberates—
1. On the matters mentioned in the notices, and which
are placed before them either by the council of administration or the council of censors.
2. On propositions, signed by five members, which shall
have been transmitted to the council of administration at
least ten days before the meeting, to be placed on the order
of the day.
If the assembly recognizes the importance of other
propositions made by the council of administration, they
may be taken under consideration.
ART. 89. Each resolution must be decided by a majority vote. In case of even division, the proposition is
rejected.
ART. 90. Elections or revocations are made by secret
ballot. On all other propositions and subjects the voting
is done by yeas and nays.
ART. 91. If, on a first ballot, the candidates have not
all obtained an absolute majority, a list is made of those
who have obtained the most votes.
Such list shall contain twice as many names as there
remain members to be elected.
Votes can then be given only to one of these candidates.
In all cases where there is a tie the older man is elected.
236




National

Bank

of

Belgium

ART. 92. The dismissal of directors or censors can be
effected only by three-quarters of the votes of shareholders
present, owning at least one-half of the stock.
CHAPTER

VIII.—General and temporary provisions.

ART. 93. No change in the statutes can be made except
in a general assembly specially convened for that purpose.
The object of the proposed modifications must be
stated in the letters and notices of meeting.
The assembly can not legally act if the number of
shares represented is not at least 20,000.
The owners of less than 10 shares may, in such cases,
combine them, in order to be represented by shareholders
having the right to vote.
Resolutions, in order to be carried, must be supported
by at least two-thirds of the votes.
They shall not be operative unless approved by the
Government.
ART. 94. Independently of the rights granted to the
Government in the present statutes, it may resist any
measure which it considers either contrary to the laws, to
the statutes, or to the interests of the State.
ART. 95. The present governor, the directors, and the
censors continue to hold their offices.
These statutes in no way interfere with the limit of the
governor's tenure of office, nor with existing arrangements
for the tenure of directors and censors.
ART. 96. The balance sheet, as well as the profit and
loss account for the first half year 1900, shall be prepared
in accordance with the present statutes.
These statutes, as regards other provisions, shall take
effect June 1, 1900.
237




National

Monetary

Commission

ADDITIONAL ARTICLE.

The difference for the year 1899 between the sum due
the State, according to the law of March 26, 1900, and
that to which it was entitled, according to previous agreements, shall be paid out of the reserve fund.
The sum thus withdrawn from the reserve shall be
restored to it by means of levies on subsequent years.
The general council shall determine the time and the
amount of each restitutions.

•&

238